Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

Master Schedule Register

25 kit-of-parts types, numbered and ordered by cost code (BUILD_REGISTER). 5 locked, 0 parked, 20 draft. Each row links to its full part schedule tab. Review Status is the collaborative-process state, not an automated gate.

LOCKED Adam ran seed, research, five-bank review and lock.   PARKED blocked on an external input (see Note).   DRAFT auto-built first pass, never through the review.

Cost CodeType IDType NameCovers / VariantsCategory NCC ClassReview Status# DimNote
050FDSoil Screw FoundationFD-001 Soil Screw (galvanised steel ground screw), 100x100x5mm galvanised head bracketFoundation Interface1aLOCKED5Locked 2026-06-16. Screw length still sized by engineer-of-record per AS 2159 to the per-home loads (SGC89 1200mm baseline 37.5 kN < the 45 kN guide; 2000mm clears all three).
100FRFRP Edge Form ProfileFR-001 Top Set-Down Box, FR-002 Side Edge 215, FR-003 Side Edge 105, FR-004 Side Edge 60Foundation Interface (Cost Code TBC)1aLOCKED3
150WP-EXTExternal Wall Structural SIP2698.5 x 998.5 x 81mm, 2698.5 x 498.5 x 81mm, 2698.5 x Custom Width x 81mm, 2698.5 x 81 x 81mm corner post (MGP10 Radiata Pine)Wall Panel, External (Cost Code 250)1a (standalone + attached duplex/townhouse via party wall)LOCKED14
150WP-INTInternal Hybrid Timber Partition2698.5 x 998.5 x 81mm, 2698.5 x 498.5 x 81mm, 2698.5 x Custom Width x 81mmStructural Internal (Cost Code 260)1a (internal partition, potential separating wall)LOCKED12
150CPHybrid Timber Ceiling CassetteCP-001Ceiling/Floor Cassette (Cost Code 150)1a (flat ceiling/floor cassette, non-separating)DRAFT4
200CL-MFMetal Faced Cladding SIPCL-001 Recessed metal-faced SIP, CL-002 Shiplap metal-faced SIPWall Cladding (Cost Code 200)1aDRAFT9Review-ready draft compiled 2026-06-23 from locked geometry + cladding-family compliance research. Pending Adam confirmation of the assistant-derived seed, BUILD_REGISTER variant-label reconciliation, and materiality pass.
200CL-ALAluminium Extruded Cladding SIPCL-AL-001 N200 Shiplap, CL-AL-002 E200, CL-AL-003 SS200 Standing Seam, CL-AL-001 N143 (142.64 cover)Wall Cladding (Cost Code 200)1aLOCKED9Geometry LOCKED 2026-06-19 (N200/E200/SS200/N143 on the locked SIP key). Full compliance process run + locked 2026-06-21: weatherproofing DTS via WRB membrane (AS/NZS 4200, HP 10.8.1/F8D3 clause-rag-verify-pending; AS 1562.1 N/A, composite SIP), aluminium decorative overcladding. Open action: ABCB helpdesk confirmation of the WRB-route for a SIP substrate before lodgement.
200CL-CORCladding Corner TrimsCL-COR-INT-STARTER, CL-COR-INT-COVER, CL-COR-EXT-STARTER, CL-COR-EXT-COVERWall Cladding (Cost Code 200)1aDRAFT5Review-ready draft compiled 2026-06-23 from locked corner-trim geometry + cladding-family compliance research. Pending Adam confirmation of the assistant-derived seed and materiality pass.
225RFStanding Seam Roof SIPRF-001DRAFT8
250OP-WINAluminium WindowOP-WIN-001, OP-WIN-002, OP-WIN-003, OP-WIN-004Opening, WindowClass 1aDRAFT10
250OP-DR-EXTAluminium External DoorOP-DR-001, OP-DR-003, OP-DR-004Opening, DoorClass 1aDRAFT9
250OP-DR-INTAluminium Internal DoorOP-DR-002Opening, DoorClass 1aDRAFT4
270TRAluminium Skirting and CorniceTR-001, TR-002Interior Trim (Aluminium)1aDRAFT4
300GDInsulated Sectional Garage DoorGD-001Opening Module - Garage Door (vehicular opening)1aDRAFT12
350WA-FLRWet Area Floor PanWA-FLR-001Wet Area Floor1aDRAFT5
350DRStainless Steel Grated DrainDR-001Drainage1aDRAFT4
400CSComposite Stone PanelCS-001Surface Finish1aDRAFT4
500HRVHeat Recovery VentilatorHRV-001Service (Cost Code 500)1a (NCC Volume Two, Class 1 residential)DRAFT4
550VDVentilation DuctVD-001DRAFT3
600HWHeat Pump Hot WaterHW-001Service (Cost Code 600)1aDRAFT5
650LINPre-Finished Wall LinerLIN-001Internal Wall Liner (liner class)Class 1aDRAFT4
800JN-CARCJoinery CarcassJN-001, JN-002, JN-003, JN-004Joinery (Class 1a residential cabinetry)1aDRAFT7
800JN-STONEStone BenchtopJN-005DRAFT4
850FF-OAKEngineered Oak FlooringFF-001Floor Finish1aDRAFT8
900FF-CARPWool Blend CarpetFF-002Floor Finish1aDRAFT5
Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

Master Data

The full per-part record, one row per type, every data domain in one wide view. Replaces the retired MasterData workbook. Scroll left and right to read all columns. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the source compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); see part tab means the detail is in that type's tab. Platform / Files is scanned live from aurora-kit-of-parts/parts.

IdentityDimensionsComponent MakeupTolerancesStructuralFireAcousticThermalConnectionsSupplierPlatform / FilesCompliance
Cost CodeType IDNameVariantsCategoryNCC ClassStatusOverall / variants (mm)Layers / materialsDesign / mfg / installCapacity / pathwayFRL / BALRw / Rw+CtrR / U-valueJoins toNamed / statusDigital twinNCC / AS pathway
050FDSoil Screw FoundationFD-001 Soil Screw (galvanised steel ground screw), 100x100x5mm galvanised head bracketFoundation Interface1aLOCKEDScrew outer dia 89mm; baseline length 1200mm (sized up by engineer per AS 2159); helix 900mm long, 60mm pitch, 10mm wall; mounting plate 200mm dia x 8mm; M20 central thread; head bracket 100x100x5mm. (MasterData records 76mm, corrected to 89mm.)Galvanised steel ground screw (SGC89 comparator: 89mm OD, 4mm wall, 900mm helix), steel grade ISO 630 Fe 360A, hot-dip galvanised; plus 100x100x5mm galvanised steel head bracket per screw; mortar levelling bed and silicone DPC at the bracket juncture.Install per AS 2159 Section 7.2: 75mm positional, 1:75 plumb on axial line; Aurora project install tolerance plus or minus 10mm; manufacturing plus or minus 2mm (Aurora assumption, confirm with manufacturer).engineer-pending (no DTS for a ground screw in Class 1a; capacity sized by engineer-of-record per AS 2159 + AS/NZS 1170 + AS 4055; confirmed by install torque and static load test).Not applicable (sub-grade non-combustible steel element; not mapped).Not applicable (sub-grade steel anchor; not mapped).Not applicable (sub-grade element; not mapped).CN-007 at the screw head: galvanised head bracket fixed level to the top of each screw, mortar levelling bed plus silicone DPC at the juncture, ready to receive the next part. Transfers compression, uplift and lateral load into the ground.supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC). StopDigging SGC89 is the comparator basis only.parts/050_foundations/
build123d fd_soil_screw.py, soil_screw.py, soil_screw_ifc.py; STEP x1; GLB x1; IFC x1; attrs x1
Class 1a. Structural = Performance Solution under AS 2159 + AS/NZS 1170 (no DTS; CodeMark a Phase 2 alternative). Durability/material via NCC A5G3 evidence of suitability: AS/NZS 4680 / ISO 1461 galvanising, AS 2159 Table B2 corrosion, ISO 630 / EN 1090 steel. Base juncture H1 / H2P3 with AS 4100, AS/NZS 4200.1/4200.2.
100FRFRP Edge Form ProfileFR-001 Top Set-Down Box, FR-002 Side Edge 215, FR-003 Side Edge 105, FR-004 Side Edge 60Foundation Interface (Cost Code TBC)1aLOCKEDSide edge height variants 215, 105 and 60mm (FR-002 / FR-003 / FR-004) plus common top set-down box FR-001; approx 5mm wall section. Full dimensional schedule by selected manufacturer.Pultruded glass-fibre reinforced polymer (GFRP), approx 5mm wall, approx 65 percent glass (confirm weight vs volume); UV-stabilised surface veil plus topcoat on the exposed face; cut edges sealed.To a declared ASTM D3917-23 tolerance class for pultruded GFRP shapes; Aurora project tolerances confirmed achievable by the manufacturer.engineer-pending (FR-001 top box is a structural tie-down interface under NCC H1, designed by engineer-of-record as a Performance Solution / A5G3; non-structural as formwork; FR-002/003/004 side edges non-structural; slab/footing AS 2870 engineer scope).Not mapped (external edge form, one face, at ground level).Not applicable (edge form; not mapped).Not mapped (removed from scope).Top set-down box plus a chosen side edge per condition, left in place and slab poured against it. Down to FD: box seats on the galvanised head bracket on the soil-screw head (CN-007). Up to wall: wall bottom plate (70x35 pine) glued and nailed through the non-visual panel into the top of the FR-001 box; box glued to slab on its non-visual side (cross-part connection to WP-EXT).supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC). Custom pultruded GFRP by selected manufacturer.parts/100_frp_edge_form/
build123d frp_edge_form.py, frp_edge_form_ifc.py, frp_edge_forms.py; STEP x7; GLB x5; IFC x3; attrs x3
Class 1a. Durability + material/dimensional suitability via NCC A5G3 (DTS, evidence of suitability) with ASTM D3917-23. Structural tie-down interface = NCC H1 Performance Solution (no DTS for non-standard GFRP structural interface) using AS/NZS 1170 and AS 2870. AS 5204 removed as unverified.
150WP-EXTExternal Wall Structural SIP2698.5 x 998.5 x 81mm, 2698.5 x 498.5 x 81mm, 2698.5 x Custom Width x 81mm, 2698.5 x 81 x 81mm corner post (MGP10 Radiata Pine)Wall Panel, External (Cost Code 250)1a (standalone + attached duplex/townhouse via party wall)LOCKEDOverall thickness 81mm (18mm skin + 45mm core + 18mm skin). Design grids 1000mm and 500mm; manufactured = grid minus 1.5mm all edges: 1000-grid 2698.5 x 998.5 x 81mm; 500-grid 2698.5 x 498.5 x 81mm; plus custom width and 2698.5 x 81 x 81mm corner post.Two 18mm 3-ply MGP10 radiata pine skins glued to a 45mm closed-cell phenolic foam core (min 100 kg/m3); 81mm overall. Site adhesive LOCTITE HB S029 PURBOND; external-face WRB pro clima Solitex Extasana Adhero taped with Tescon Extora; Adler Lignovit Terra 3-coat finish; LVL or MGP10 site framing.Design gap between panels/columns 1.5mm; manufacture plus or minus 1.5mm; installation plus or minus 3.0mm.engineer-pending. Option A (DTS): heavier LVL frame carries all load to AS 1684 + AS 1720.1, panel braces only. Option B (PS): lighter 90x45 MGP10 frame works compositely once test suite (Tests A-D, V3 Eurocode 5 / EN 16351) complete. Glued spline connection has no DTS, via A5G3 engineer certification. Fastener centres by engineer.engineer-pending. Party wall FRL 60/60/60 (conditional, attached/boundary) is a Performance Solution tested to AS 1530.4 (no DTS). Bushfire BAL 12.5-40 via AS 3959 DTS; BAL FZ requires AS 1530.8.2 / AS 1530.4 testing. Foam flammability index declared to AS 1530.2.engineer-pending. Party wall Rw + Ctr (conditional, attached Class 1a; target >= 50) is a Performance Solution, laboratory test to AS/NZS ISO 10140 rated to AS/NZS ISO 717.1 (no DTS); both Options A and B.Whole-wall R-value not mapped at part level (system attribute). Phenolic foam core declares R-value to AS/NZS 4859.1 as a material property only (value not stated).Panel-to-panel: LVL (Opt A) or MGP10 (Opt B) spline glued with HB S029 and temporary-nailed, 1.5mm gap held. Perimeter bottom plate screw-fixed into the FRP edge form (FR-001) top box; internal bottom plate anchor/concrete screw to slab. Top plate glued and nailed, installed last. Fastener centres by structural engineer.supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC). Materials named under Component Makeup are spec references only, not awarded suppliers.parts/150_wp_ext/, parts/150_wall_panels_external/
build123d wp_ext.py, wp_ext_assembly.py, wall_panel_external.py, wall_panel_external_ifc.py; STEP x3; GLB x2; IFC x1; attrs x1
Class 1a (standalone + attached duplex/townhouse via party wall). Structural H1: Option A DTS via AS 1684; Option B PS via test suite + Eurocode 5. Site-glued joint via A5G3 (AS/NZS 4364:2010, AS/NZS 1328.1; EN 15425 Type I factory-only). WRB H2P2 DTS via pliable membrane (AS/NZS 4200.1/.2, AS/NZS 4201.3/.4/.6, AS 1530.2). Fire H3P1 / H7, acoustic and materials (A5G3) as above.
150WP-INTInternal Hybrid Timber Partition2698.5 x 998.5 x 81mm, 2698.5 x 498.5 x 81mm, 2698.5 x Custom Width x 81mmStructural Internal (Cost Code 260)1a (internal partition, potential separating wall)LOCKEDSame sizing as WP-EXT. Overall thickness 81mm (18mm skin + 45mm core + 18mm skin). Design grids 1000mm and 500mm; manufactured = grid minus 1.5mm all edges: 1000-grid 2698.5 x 998.5 x 81mm; 500-grid 2698.5 x 498.5 x 81mm; plus custom width. Opening/junction variants: WP-INT-001 standard, WP-INT-002 door opening, WP-INT-003 wet-wall plumbing backing, WP-INT-004 T-junction.Two 18mm 3-ply MGP10 radiata pine skins with a 45mm closed-cell phenolic foam core (approx R 2.25 material-only); factory PUR lamination adhesive; visual-grade sealer, no external membrane. Option A site framing 45x45 plates + 90x45 splines; Option B site adhesive + fasteners.Same triad as WP-EXT: design gap between panels/columns 1.5mm; manufacture plus or minus 1.5mm; installation plus or minus 3.0mm.engineer-pending. Option A (DTS): panel = bracing element only, site frame carries vertical + lateral loads, standard bracing per AS 1684 (AS 1720.1, AS 4055, AS/NZS 1170). Option B (PS): composite glued + nailed, requires Tests A-D + V3 calc (EN 1995-1-1 / ASTM E72 / ASTM E564 / AS 1720.1).engineer-pending. Party wall FRL 60/60/60 (conditional, attached Class 1a / boundary) is a Performance Solution, no DTS, AS 1530.4 Test G (Phase 2); both options. Foam flammability declared to AS 1530.2 (material).engineer-pending. Party wall Rw + Ctr >= 50 (conditional, attached Class 1a) and non-separating partition rating (on brief) are Performance Solutions, no DTS, tested to AS/NZS ISO 10140 and rated to AS/NZS ISO 717.1 (Test H, Phase 2).Whole-wall R not mapped at part level (system attribute). Phenolic foam core material R approx 2.25, declared to AS/NZS 4859.1 (material declaration only).engineer-pending for connection details (base, head, corners, door openings, T-junctions to be provided by engineer-of-record). Option A: site timber frame (45x45 plates + 90x45 splines). Option B: glued + nailed skins transfer load to framing via site adhesive + fasteners.supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC). All components (skin, foam core, adhesives, framing, fasteners) need supplier DoCs.parts/150_wp_ext/
build123d wp_int.py, wp_int_assembly.py; STEP x2; GLB x2
Class 1a (internal partition + separating/party wall via attached Class 1a). Structural H1P1: Option A DTS via AS 1684; Option B PS (A2G2 + A5, V2 testing + V3 calc). Wet-area waterproofing H4 DTS via AS 3740 (WP-INT-003 only). Materials via NCC A5G3 (AS/NZS 4357, 4266.2, 1748; AS/NZS 4859.1, EN 13166, AS 1530.2; AS/NZS 4364, AS 3558 series). Fire H3P1 and acoustic by PS as above. No external WRB, no BAL.
150CPHybrid Timber Ceiling CassetteCP-001Ceiling/Floor Cassette (Cost Code 150)1a (flat ceiling/floor cassette, non-separating)DRAFTProject-length cassette up to 11800mm long by 998.5mm wide (1000mm grid, manufactured minus 1.5mm = 998.5). Overall thickness 176.5mm (18mm 3-ply CLT soffit + 140mm core + 18mm structural ply + 0.5mm WPM). Display panel modelled at 5398.5 x 998.5 x 176.5. Bottom 3-ply and top ply boards = 2698.5 x 998.5 module (2700 grid minus 1.5mm) laid along the length with 1.5mm gaps; top board joints offset from the bottom (half + full + half vs two full) so no joint runs through the full thickness. Single variant CP-001.18mm 3-ply CLT soffit (room face, lengthwise V-grooves) + 140mm core (central 140x45 E13 LVL structural spline laminated in, runs the length, stops flush with the foam; 140mm closed-cell phenolic foam either side, inset 37.5mm all four edges) + 18mm structural plywood top skin + vapour-permeable WPM over the top ply. On-site jointing: 140x75 E13 LVL joining joist glued into the 75mm slot the two 37.5mm edge voids form between butted panels (pre-cut to the foam-core length); 140x35 E13 LVL end trimmer, 3000 long, recessed into each panel end against the foam and spline. Factory PUR lamination adhesive.Same triad as the wall SIP: design gap between panels 1.5mm; manufacture plus or minus 1.5mm; installation plus or minus 3.0mm.engineer-pending. Option A (baseline): conventional engineered timber design, composite action not relied upon, to AS 1720.1, AS/NZS 1170 series, AS 4055, with AS 1684 as the framing reference. Option B (PS): full composite capacity demonstrated by Tests A & B plus engineering per A2G2(4) and Eurocode 5. H1P1/H1P2.not applicable. CP is never installed as a fire-separating ceiling/floor between separate attached dwellings, so the H3P1 party-element fire requirement (AS 1530.4 FRL) is not triggered; standard Class 1 fire provisions apply. Phenolic foam flammability declared at material level (AS 1530.2).not applicable. CP is never a separating floor/ceiling between separate attached dwellings, so the party-element acoustic requirements (AS/NZS ISO 10140, AS/NZS ISO 717.1/717.2, Rw + Ctr) are not triggered.Whole-element R not mapped at part level (system attribute). Phenolic foam core material R declared to AS/NZS 4859.1 (material declaration only).engineer-pending. CN-010 ceiling-to-top-plate connector fixes the cassette to the wall top plate. Panel-to-panel: 140x75 E13 LVL joining joist glued and fixed in the inter-panel slot; 140x35 E13 LVL end trimmer at each end. Connection capacities and fastener schedule by engineer-of-record (AS 1720.5, AS 3566, AS/NZS 1559).supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC). All components (CLT soffit, LVL spline/joining joists/end trimmer, phenolic foam, structural plywood, WPM, adhesives, fasteners) need supplier DoCs.parts/150_ceiling_cassette/
build123d cp.py, cp_assembly.py; STEP x2; GLB x2
Class 1a flat ceiling/floor cassette, non-separating (never between separate attached dwellings). Structural H1P1/H1P2: Option A engineered timber baseline (AS 1720.1, AS/NZS 1170, AS 4055, AS 1684 ref); Option B composite Performance Solution (A2G2(4), V2/V3 testing plus Eurocode 5). Materials via NCC A5G3 (AS/NZS 4357 LVL, AS/NZS 2269 plywood, EN 16351 CLT ref, AS/NZS 1748 grading, AS/NZS 4266.2 formaldehyde, AS/NZS 4859.1 foam R). No fire-separating (H3P1) or acoustic party-element requirement, no external WRB weatherproofing, no BAL.
200CL-MFMetal Faced Cladding SIPCL-001 Recessed metal-faced SIP, CL-002 Shiplap metal-faced SIPWall Cladding (Cost Code 200)1aDRAFTFinished base 51.2mm (41.2mm locked SIP key + 10mm foam + 0.566mm profiled coated-steel face). Foam core 50mm total (40mm in the key + 10mm top). Panel face cover 998.5mm, length 3600mm. Recessed variant: 5 recesses 20 x 10 at 199.7mm pitch. Shiplap variant: 7 trapezoid recesses at 142.643mm pitch.0.566mm profiled coated-steel face (steel substrate to AS 1397, coating/prefinish to AS 2728) pressed over 10mm closed-cell PIR foam, on the locked SIP key (40mm closed-cell PIR foam core plus a 0.6mm steel back skin inset within the 41.2mm key). Vapour-permeable WRB behind the rain-screen is the primary water-control layer.Recess pitch set so modules align exactly to the 998.5mm panel: key joint clash 0.000mm, gap 0.000mm, one concealed-fix void, recess continuous across the panel joint. Manufacture and install tolerances by the selected manufacturer.engineer-pending. Non-loadbearing decorative rain-screen; concealed-fix wind-load fixing to the wall designed by engineer-of-record (A5G3) to AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2, panel wind-pressure test AS/NZS 4040.2 (H1).engineer-pending. Bushfire construction to AS 3959 up to BAL-40 (DTS); PIR core is combustible, so BAL FZ and boundary fire-resisting wall (H3P1) are Performance Solutions via AS 1530.8.2 / AS 1530.4. PIR core flammability index declared to AS 1530.2.Not applicable at the cladding layer (acoustic is a substrate/system attribute, not a cladding-part attribute).Not mapped at part level (whole-wall R-value is a substrate/system attribute; thermal is scoped out for this cladding layer).Metal-faced panels key to the shared locked SIP key joint; steel face wraps the panel side and laps into the adjoining panel corner recess so steel meets steel at the joint; one concealed-fix void per joint. Rain-screen over WRB; wind-load fixings transfer cladding load back to the wall.supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC). Coated steel, PIR foam, steel back skin, WRB and fixings all need supplier DoCs.parts/200_wall_cladding_sip/
build123d _build_mf.py, wall_cladding_sip_ifc.py; STEP x2; GLB x2; IFC x2; attrs x2
Class 1a. Weatherproofing H2P2 DTS via WRB pliable membrane (AS/NZS 4200.1/.2 + drained/ventilated cavity; NCC Vol 2 H2 / Housing Provisions 10.8.1 / F8D3, clause-rag-verify-pending); the metal face is decorative overcladding, not the weather barrier; AS 1562.1 does not carry weatherproofing for the metal-faced SIP family. Wind H1 DTS (AS 4055, AS/NZS 1170.2, AS/NZS 4040.2; engineer A5G3 on the concealed fix). Durability H7 DTS (AS 1397, AS 2728, AS 3566 / AS/NZS 1559). Bushfire AS 3959 DTS to BAL-40; BAL FZ (AS 1530.8.2) + boundary fire FRL (H3P1, AS 1530.4) are Performance Solutions. Optional AS/NZS 4284 + CodeMark upgrade.
200CL-ALAluminium Extruded Cladding SIPCL-AL-001 N200 Shiplap, CL-AL-002 E200, CL-AL-003 SS200 Standing Seam, CL-AL-001 N143 (142.64 cover)Wall Cladding (Cost Code 200)1aLOCKEDFinished base 51.2mm (41.2mm locked SIP key + 10mm aluminium cladding zone). Panel face cover 998.5mm; module cover 199.7mm (N200/E200/SS200, five per panel) or 142.643mm (N143, seven per panel = 998.5); aluminium wall 1.5mm; SS200 overall 76.05mm including the standing seam proud of the face; panel length 3600mm.1.5mm powder-coated extruded aluminium cladding modules over the locked SIP key (40mm closed-cell phenolic foam core + two 0.6mm steel skins inset within the 41.2mm key). The aluminium is a decorative drained/ventilated overcladding; the weather barrier is the vapour-permeable WRB membrane + the SIP. Shiplap reveal (N200 / E200 / N143) or standing seam (SS200).Module cover narrowed 0.3mm (200 to 199.7) so five align exactly to the 998.5mm panel: cladding-to-panel mismatch 0.00mm per panel. Key joint clash 0.000mm, gap 0.000mm, one concealed-fix void. Manufacture and install tolerances by the selected manufacturer.engineer-pending. Non-loadbearing decorative overcladding; concealed-fix wind-load fixing to the SIP designed by engineer-of-record (A5G3) to AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2, panel wind-pressure test AS/NZS 4040.2 (H1).engineer-pending. Bushfire construction to AS 3959 up to the assessed BAL (DTS); BAL FZ and the boundary fire-resisting wall (H3P1) are Performance Solutions via Test F to AS 1530.8.2 / AS 1530.4. Foam flammability index declared to AS 1530.2.Not applicable at the cladding layer (acoustic is a wall-panel / party-wall system attribute, not a cladding-part attribute).Not mapped at part level (whole-wall R-value is a substrate/system attribute; AS/NZS 4859.1 applies to the SIP, not the cladding layer).Cladding modules interlock male-to-female across the SIP key face, one concealed-fix void per panel joint; the seam (shiplap reveal or standing seam) lands on every panel joint. Rain-screen over a vapour-permeable WRB; wind-load fixings transfer cladding load back to the SIP. Key joint clash 0.000mm, gap 0.000mm.supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC). Aluminium extrusion + powder-coat, SIP core + steel skins, WRB and fixings all need supplier DoCs.parts/200_wall_cladding_sip/
build123d CL-AL-002_E200.py, CL-AL-003_SS200.py, n143.py, n200.py; STEP x8; GLB x8; IFC x4; attrs x4
Class 1a. Weatherproofing H2P2 DTS via the WRB pliable membrane (AS/NZS 4200.1/.2 + drained/ventilated cavity; NCC Vol 2 H2 / Housing Provisions 10.8.1 / F8D3, clause-rag-verify-pending); the aluminium is decorative overcladding, not the weather barrier; AS 1562.1 does not apply (composite/laminated SIP excluded, ABCB 2023 advisory). Wind H1 DTS (AS 4055, AS/NZS 1170.2, AS/NZS 4040.2; engineer A5G3 on the concealed fix). Durability H7 DTS (powder-coat AS 2728; fasteners AS 3566 / AS/NZS 1559). Bushfire AS 3959 DTS to BAL-40; BAL FZ (AS 1530.8.2) + boundary fire FRL (H3P1, AS 1530.4) are Performance Solutions. Optional higher-assurance: full-assembly weathertightness Test E (AS/NZS 4284) + CodeMark. Foam core raises no Class 1 non-combustibility trigger (flammability index AS 1530.2). Thermal and acoustic scoped out at this layer.
200CL-CORCladding Corner TrimsCL-COR-INT-STARTER, CL-COR-INT-COVER, CL-COR-EXT-STARTER, CL-COR-EXT-COVERWall Cladding (Cost Code 200)1aDRAFTFour 2.5mm powder-coated aluminium corner-trim extrusions serving the 51.2mm cladding build-up. INT starter 57.6 x 58.0mm; INT cover 59.3 x 59.3mm; EXT starter 82.6 x 83.0mm; EXT cover 87.6 x 87.6mm. INT starter L-legs 49.87mm; INT cover legs 34.57mm; EXT cover faces 87.58mm at 90 degrees. Sample extrusion length 1000mm.2.5mm powder-coated extruded aluminium (coating durability to AS 2728); fixings to the SIP (AS 3566 / AS/NZS 1559).Section regularised to canonical angles: every face exactly 0 / 45 / 90 / 135 degrees, symmetric pairs equalised, all corners and tips rounded, one connected solid per part, wall 2.46 to 2.51mm. Manufacture and install tolerances by the selected manufacturer.engineer-pending. Non-loadbearing architectural trim; wind-load fixing of the starter to the SIP designed by engineer-of-record (A5G3) to AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2, AS/NZS 4040.2.engineer-pending. Bushfire construction to AS 3959 up to BAL-40 (DTS); BAL FZ corner junction is a Performance Solution via AS 1530.8.2. Boundary fire-resistance H3P1 is the wall/panel pathway, not the trim pathway.Not applicable at the trim layer (acoustic is a substrate/system attribute).Not applicable at the trim layer (thermal is a substrate/system attribute).Two-piece clip: starter screwed to the SIP before cladding; cover clips into the starter U after cladding. Internal corner clips diagonally (45 degree prong into 45 degree U); external corner clips vertically (vertical prong into vertical U). WRB continuity and drained/ventilated cavity maintained at the corner.supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC). Aluminium extrusion, powder-coat and fixings need supplier DoCs.parts/200_wall_cladding_sip/
build123d corner_trims.py, corner_trims_regulariser.py; STEP x4; GLB x4; IFC x4; attrs x4
Class 1a. Weatherproofing junction H2P2 DTS via WRB pliable membrane continuity at the corner (AS/NZS 4200.1/.2 + drained/ventilated cavity; Housing Provisions 10.8.1 / F8D3, clause-rag-verify-pending); trim is decorative closure, not the weather barrier. Wind H1 DTS via AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2 / AS/NZS 4040.2 with engineer A5G3 on trim-to-SIP fixing. Durability H7 DTS via powder-coat AS 2728 and fixings AS 3566 / AS/NZS 1559. Bushfire AS 3959 DTS to BAL-40; BAL FZ via AS 1530.8.2 Performance Solution.
225RFStanding Seam Roof SIPRF-001DRAFTsee part tabsee part tabTBCengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingsee part tabsupplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)parts/225_roof_sip/
build123d roof_sip.py, roof_sip_ifc.py; STEP x1; IFC x1; attrs x1
see part tab
250OP-WINAluminium WindowOP-WIN-001, OP-WIN-002, OP-WIN-003, OP-WIN-004Opening, WindowClass 1aDRAFTsee part tabsee part tabTBCengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingsee part tabsupplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)not yet modelledsee part tab
250OP-DR-EXTAluminium External DoorOP-DR-001, OP-DR-003, OP-DR-004Opening, DoorClass 1aDRAFTsee part tabsee part tabTBCengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingsee part tabsupplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)not yet modelledsee part tab
250OP-DR-INTAluminium Internal DoorOP-DR-002Opening, DoorClass 1aDRAFTsee part tabsee part tabTBCengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingsee part tabsupplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)not yet modelledsee part tab
270TRAluminium Skirting and CorniceTR-001, TR-002Interior Trim (Aluminium)1aDRAFTsee part tabsee part tabTBCengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingsee part tabsupplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)not yet modelledsee part tab
300GDInsulated Sectional Garage DoorGD-001Opening Module - Garage Door (vehicular opening)1aDRAFTsee part tabsee part tabTBCengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingsee part tabsupplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)not yet modelledsee part tab
350WA-FLRWet Area Floor PanWA-FLR-001Wet Area Floor1aDRAFTsee part tabsee part tabTBCengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingsee part tabsupplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)not yet modelledsee part tab
350DRStainless Steel Grated DrainDR-001Drainage1aDRAFTsee part tabsee part tabTBCengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingsee part tabsupplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)not yet modelledsee part tab
400CSComposite Stone PanelCS-001Surface Finish1aDRAFTsee part tabsee part tabTBCengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingsee part tabsupplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)not yet modelledsee part tab
500HRVHeat Recovery VentilatorHRV-001Service (Cost Code 500)1a (NCC Volume Two, Class 1 residential)DRAFTsee part tabsee part tabTBCengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingsee part tabsupplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)not yet modelledsee part tab
550VDVentilation DuctVD-001DRAFTsee part tabsee part tabTBCengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingsee part tabsupplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)not yet modelledsee part tab
600HWHeat Pump Hot WaterHW-001Service (Cost Code 600)1aDRAFTsee part tabsee part tabTBCengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingsee part tabsupplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)not yet modelledsee part tab
650LINPre-Finished Wall LinerLIN-001Internal Wall Liner (liner class)Class 1aDRAFTsee part tabsee part tabTBCengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingsee part tabsupplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)not yet modelledsee part tab
800JN-CARCJoinery CarcassJN-001, JN-002, JN-003, JN-004Joinery (Class 1a residential cabinetry)1aDRAFTsee part tabsee part tabTBCengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingsee part tabsupplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)not yet modelledsee part tab
800JN-STONEStone BenchtopJN-005DRAFTsee part tabsee part tabTBCengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingsee part tabsupplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)not yet modelledsee part tab
850FF-OAKEngineered Oak FlooringFF-001Floor Finish1aDRAFTsee part tabsee part tabTBCengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingsee part tabsupplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)not yet modelledsee part tab
900FF-CARPWool Blend CarpetFF-002Floor Finish1aDRAFTsee part tabsee part tabTBCengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingengineer-pendingsee part tabsupplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)not yet modelledsee part tab
Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

050 FD Soil Screw Foundation

3D viewer omitted in lightweight link
3D Model
FD-001 galvanised steel ground screw (SGC89 comparator basis): 300mm mounting plate with central M20 hole, four fixing holes and six radial slots; 89mm dia x 4mm wall shaft, 1200mm baseline length; 900mm helical flight at 60mm pitch; driven conical tip. Parametric build123d. Helix outer projection indicative pending manufacturer detail. Drag to rotate, scroll to zoom.

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending (no DTS for a ground screw in Class 1a; capacity sized by engineer-of-record per AS 2159 + AS/NZS 1170 + AS 4055; confirmed by install torque and static load test).
FireNot applicable (sub-grade non-combustible steel element; not mapped).
AcousticNot applicable (sub-grade steel anchor; not mapped).
ThermalNot applicable (sub-grade element; not mapped).
ConnectionsCN-007 at the screw head: galvanised head bracket fixed level to the top of each screw, mortar levelling bed plus silicone DPC at the juncture, ready to receive the next part. Transfers compression, uplift and lateral load into the ground.
TolerancesInstall per AS 2159 Section 7.2: 75mm positional, 1:75 plumb on axial line; Aurora project install tolerance plus or minus 10mm; manufacturing plus or minus 2mm (Aurora assumption, confirm with manufacturer).

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC). StopDigging SGC89 is the comparator basis only.

Platform / Files (digital twin)

aurora-kit-of-parts/parts/050_foundations/

File typeFiles
build123d / IFC scriptsfd_soil_screw.py, soil_screw.py, soil_screw_ifc.py
STEPFD-001_soil_screw.step
GLB (web viewer)FD-001_soil_screw.glb
IFCFD-001_soil_screw.ifc
attributes.jsonFD-001_attributes.json

1. Part Summary

The single record for this type. Feeds the MasterData workbook and the Specification Book part sheet.

Attribute Detail
Type ID FD
Part name Soil Screw Foundation (galvanised steel ground screw)
Category Foundation Interface
NCC class Class 1a
Covers FD-001 Soil Screw (galvanised steel ground screw) plus the 100x100x5mm galvanised head bracket supplied with each screw
Description Galvanised steel ground screw that forms the kit-of-parts foundation. Each screw is driven into the ground by an auger-style piling machine, no excavation and no concrete cure delay. A 100x100x5mm galvanised head bracket fixes to the top of each screw, ready to receive the next part (which has its own sheet). The screw carries the building down to the ground: compression, uplift and lateral load transfer through the screw shaft and helix into the soil. Capacity is set by screw length and confirmed on site by install torque and a static load test.
Components / materials Galvanised steel ground screw (StopDigging SGC89 comparator basis): 89mm outer diameter, 4mm wall, 900mm helix length, 60mm helix pitch, 10mm helix wall, 200mm dia x 8mm mounting plate, M20 central thread. Steel grade ISO 630 Fe 360A, product standard EN 1090, hot-dip galvanised to ISO 1461 / AS/NZS 4680, manufactured under ISO 9001. Plus a 100x100x5mm galvanised steel head bracket per screw. Mortar levelling bed and silicone DPC at the bracket juncture.
Manufacture process Cold-formed and welded galvanised steel ground screw plus head bracket, by selected manufacturer (StopDigging comparator basis; equivalent buyable from China). Steel grade, galvanising class and mechanical properties by manufacturer Declaration of Conformity.
Dimensions Screw outer diameter 89mm; baseline length 1200mm, sized up by the structural engineer-of-record per AS 2159 to suit the per-home loads. Helix 900mm long, 60mm pitch, 10mm wall. Mounting plate 200mm dia x 8mm. M20 central thread. Head bracket 100x100x5mm. (MasterData PARTS REGISTER currently records 76mm; corrected to 89mm SGC89 per Spec Book V4 / research, flagged for MasterData update.)
Tolerances Install (standard) per AS 2159 Section 7.2: 75mm positional, 1:75 plumb on the axial line. Aurora project install tolerance tighter at plus or minus 10mm so the bracket grid lines up for the next part. Manufacturing plus or minus 2mm (Aurora assumption; confirm with the selected manufacturer).
Weight Per-unit weight TBC (by selected manufacturer).
Connections CN-007 at the screw head. The galvanised head bracket is fixed level to the top of each screw, ready to receive the next part; a mortar levelling bed plus a silicone DPC sit at the juncture. Load transfer: compression, uplift and lateral from the building base, through the bracket and screw, into the ground.
Structural options None at part level. There is no Deemed-to-Satisfy pathway for a ground screw in Class 1a. Structural compliance is a Performance Solution under AS 2159 plus AS/NZS 1170 engineering, with the screw length sized by the engineer-of-record. A CodeMark certificate is a Phase 2 alternative (the StopDigging comparator holds AU CodeMark plus NZ CodeMark CMNZ70132).
Finish Hot-dip galvanised to AS/NZS 4680 / ISO 1461; sub-grade corrosion allowance per AS 2159 Table B2; expected service life 125 years on the comparator basis, confirmed by selected manufacturer.
Manufacturer Warranty 10 years

Build sequence (site): 1. Set out each soil screw location to the engineer-of-record layout. 2. Drive each soil screw into the ground with an auger-style piling machine. No excavation, no spoil, no concrete cure delay. 3. Install each screw perfectly level; confirm capacity by install torque and a static load test per AS 2159. 4. Fix the 100x100x5mm galvanised head bracket level to the top of each screw, with the mortar levelling bed and silicone DPC at the juncture (connection CN-007), ready to receive the next part.

2. Part Images

Source: Aurora KoP Specification Book (2026.03.25), Soil Screws spec sheet (page 15).

Galvanised steel ground screw: mounting plate, shaft, helix and tip
Galvanised steel ground screw (SGC89 comparator basis): 200mm mounting plate, 89mm shaft, helix and driven tip.
Ground screw being driven on site by an auger-style piling machine
Driven on site by an auger-style piling machine. No excavation, no spoil.
100x100x5mm galvanised steel head bracket with bolt holes and base slot
100x100x5mm galvanised head bracket (Spec Book): fixes to the screw head, ready to receive the next part.

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
D1. Structural capacity and tie-down load transfer PS Always NCC H1 (structural reliability and resistance) No (no DTS for a ground screw in Class 1a) N/A Performance Solution: AS 2159 piling design plus AS/NZS 1170 actions and AS 4055 wind class, by the structural engineer-of-record (CodeMark is a Phase 2 alternative) AS 2159 (piling design, install and load test), AS/NZS 1170 (structural design actions), AS 4055 (wind classification), AS 4100 (steel structures) Engineer Performance Solution report; static pile load test (compression, uplift, lateral); per-pile install record (model, depth, torque, GPS)
D2. Durability / sub-grade corrosion A5G3 Always NCC A5G3 (evidence of suitability; durability for design service life) Yes (evidence of suitability) Hot-dip galvanised steel, corrosion allowance per AS 2159 Table B2; service life by selected manufacturer N/A AS/NZS 4680 / ISO 1461 (hot-dip galvanising), AS 2159 Table B2 (corrosion allowance) Galvanising certificate (coating microns); design service-life statement; corrosion allowance calculation
D3. Material suitability / steel grade and manufacture A5G3 Always NCC A5G3 (evidence of suitability) Yes (evidence of suitability) Steel grade and product manufacture declared via manufacturer DoC consolidated into a PTS N/A ISO 630 (structural steel grade), EN 1090 (steel product manufacture), ISO 9001 (quality management) Declaration of Conformity; steel mill certificate; CodeMark certificate; Product Technical Statement
D4. Base juncture: screw head to galvanised bracket PS Always NCC H1 (connection); minor NCC H2P3 (rising damp at the juncture) No (rides on the D1 Performance Solution) N/A Connection designed under the D1 Performance Solution; galvanised head bracket fixed level to the screw head per CN-007; mortar levelling bed plus silicone DPC AS 2159, AS 4100 (steel connection), AS/NZS 4200.1 / AS/NZS 4200.2 (DPC at juncture) Connection detail CN-007 (screw head to bracket); mortar bed plus silicone DPC spec
D5. Material register A5G3 Always NCC A5G3 (evidence of suitability) Yes (each material meets its product standard) Supplier DoCs consolidated into a PTS N/A EN 1090, ISO 630, AS/NZS 4680 / ISO 1461, AS 2159 PTS plus the materials specification (screw, bracket, mortar, DPC)

Scope notes for this matrix: Fire is not mapped: the screw is a sub-grade non-combustible steel element, and any fire-resistance level at the base of a fire-rated wall is a wall and base-junction concern handled in the wall maps, not the ground screw. Acoustic, whole-of-wall thermal, and termite are not applicable to a sub-grade steel ground screw. AS 1684 (residential timber framing) and AS 3566 (self-drilling fasteners) are removed: a ground screw is a piling product, not a timber-framed member or a fastener. AS 2870 covers concrete footings only and is not a structural route for the pile; it stays only as context for any slab the brackets seat against.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

Each compliance dimension follows a six-step chain: NCC entry, Performance Requirement, route (Performance Solution / CodeMark or A5G3 evidence of suitability), AS standards, Evidence DMC, and Certifications DMC.

4.1
Structural Capacity and Tie-Down Load Transfer
PS
no Deemed-to-Satisfy pathway exists for a ground screw in Class 1a; structural compliance is a Performance Solution (CodeMark is a Phase 2 alternative)
NCC Entry
NCC H1
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1
The building and its parts sustain compression, uplift and lateral loads to the ground without disproportionate collapse
PS Pathway
AS 2159 + AS/NZS 1170 engineering
Screw length sized by the engineer-of-record per AS 2159 to the per-home loads; capacity confirmed by install torque and a static load test. CodeMark certification is a Phase 2 alternative.
AS Standards
  • AS 2159
  • AS/NZS 1170
  • AS 4055
  • AS 4100
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: engineer Performance Solution report (AS 2159 + AS/NZS 1170 + AS 4055), pile load test, per-pile install record (model, depth, torque, GPS)
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.2
Durability / Sub-Grade Corrosion
A5G3
NCC Entry
NCC A5G3
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Evidence of suitability
Durable performance of the sub-grade galvanised steel screw across the design service life
Evidence Route
Hot-dip galvanising
Hot-dip galvanised coating to AS/NZS 4680 / ISO 1461; sub-grade corrosion allowance per AS 2159 Table B2; service life by selected manufacturer
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4680 / ISO 1461
  • AS 2159 Table B2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: galvanising certificate (coating microns) + service-life statement + corrosion allowance per AS 2159 Table B2
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.3
Material Suitability / Steel Grade and Manufacture
A5G3
NCC Entry
NCC A5G3
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Evidence of suitability
Steel grade and product manufacture evidenced as suitable by manufacturer DoC and PTS
Evidence Route
DoC + PTS
Steel grade and manufacture declared via Declaration of Conformity into a Product Technical Statement; mill certificate held
AS Standards
  • ISO 630
  • EN 1090
  • ISO 9001
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + steel grade declaration (ISO 630 / EN 1090) + mill certificate
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.4
Base Juncture: Screw Head to Galvanised Bracket
PS
connection rides on the D1 Performance Solution; the galvanised head bracket is fixed level to the screw head (CN-007), ready to receive the next part, with a minor rising-damp control at the juncture
NCC Entry
NCC H1 / H2P3
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1 + H2P3
Load transfer through the bracket connection (H1); rising damp controlled at the juncture (H2P3)
PS Pathway
CN-007 connection design
Galvanised head bracket fixed level to the screw head; mortar levelling bed plus silicone DPC at the juncture; designed under the D1 Performance Solution
AS Standards
  • AS 2159
  • AS 4100
  • AS/NZS 4200.1
  • AS/NZS 4200.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: connection detail CN-007 (screw head to bracket) + mortar bed and silicone DPC spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.5
Material Register
A5G3
NCC Entry
NCC A5G3
Evidence of suitability framework
Performance Requirement
Fit-for-purpose
Material properties declared per Product Technical Statement
Evidence Route
Supplier DoCs / PTS
Screw, head bracket, mortar and DPC each declared against their product standard; consolidated into a PTS
AS Standards
  • EN 1090
  • ISO 630
  • AS/NZS 4680 / ISO 1461
  • AS 2159
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + materials spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Compliance and Evidence Register

The full set of compliance and evidence documents this part needs, by category. These are obtained progressively, most at final supplier selection and engineer appointment. Status TBC means the document is identified and scoped, to be collected.

Category Evidence / document required Detail Status
Design - Structure Engineer Performance Solution report AS 2159 piling design plus AS/NZS 1170 actions and AS 4055 wind class; screw length sized to the per-home loads TBC
Design - Structure Engineer-of-record appointment Chartered Structural Engineer to own the foundation load path and sign off the Performance Solution TBC
Design - Structure Design loads at the screw Wind class, terrain category and building geometry to set compression, uplift and lateral at each screw TBC
Design - Structure Static pile load test report Compression, uplift and lateral load test confirming the sized screw on site TBC
Design - Regulatory CodeMark certificate (Phase 2 alternative) Phase 2 option to the Performance Solution: AU CodeMark certificate number for the selected screw, to confirm at codemark.abcb.gov.au; comparator holds NZ CodeMark CMNZ70132 TBC
Design - Regulatory NCC clause grounding H1, A5G3 and the H2P3 juncture grounded against current NCC Vol 2 (clause-rag-verify-pending) TBC
Design - Durability Galvanising certificate (coating microns) Hot-dip galvanising to AS/NZS 4680 / ISO 1461; sub-grade corrosion allowance per AS 2159 Table B2 TBC
Design - Durability Design service-life statement Expected service life for the sub-grade screw (comparator basis 125 years, by selected manufacturer) TBC
Design - Waterproofing Base juncture DPC detail Mortar levelling bed plus silicone DPC at the bracket juncture (AS/NZS 4200.1, AS/NZS 4200.2) TBC
Manufacture - Material Steel mill certificate + Declaration of Conformity Steel grade ISO 630 Fe 360A, product manufacture EN 1090, ISO 9001 TBC
Manufacture - Material Head bracket DoC 100x100x5mm galvanised steel head bracket; AS 4100 connection, AS/NZS 4680 galvanising TBC
Manufacture - Process/QA Galvanising and screw-pile QA / ITP photo evidence Manufacture quality and conformity records for the screw and bracket TBC
Installation - Fixings Per-pile install record Model, embedment depth, install torque achieved and GPS location per screw TBC
Installation - Fixings Connection install detail CN-007 Bracket fixed level to the screw head; mortar bed and silicone DPC at the juncture TBC

Standards note: Primary standard is AS 2159 (piling design, install and load test). AS/NZS 1170, AS 4055 and AS 4100 support the structural Performance Solution; AS/NZS 4680 / ISO 1461 and AS 2159 Table B2 cover galvanising and corrosion; ISO 630 and EN 1090 cover the steel grade and manufacture. AS 1684 (timber framing) and AS 3566 (self-drilling fasteners) do not apply to a piling product and are removed. AS 2870 covers concrete footings only and is context for any slab the brackets seat against, not a structural route for the screw. Fire, acoustic, whole-of-wall thermal and termite are not mapped for a sub-grade steel ground screw. The MasterData PARTS REGISTER screw diameter (76mm) is corrected to 89mm SGC89 per Spec Book V4 and is flagged for MasterData update.

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

100 FR FRP Edge Form Profile

3D viewer omitted in lightweight link
3D Model
FR-001 top set-down box connected to FR-002 side edge, as joined on the slab. Parametric build123d model from the locked geometry. Drag to rotate, scroll to zoom. Real colour light grey; 300mm display segment.

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending (FR-001 top box is a structural tie-down interface under NCC H1, designed by engineer-of-record as a Performance Solution / A5G3; non-structural as formwork; FR-002/003/004 side edges non-structural; slab/footing AS 2870 engineer scope).
FireNot mapped (external edge form, one face, at ground level).
AcousticNot applicable (edge form; not mapped).
ThermalNot mapped (removed from scope).
ConnectionsTop set-down box plus a chosen side edge per condition, left in place and slab poured against it. Down to FD: box seats on the galvanised head bracket on the soil-screw head (CN-007). Up to wall: wall bottom plate (70x35 pine) glued and nailed through the non-visual panel into the top of the FR-001 box; box glued to slab on its non-visual side (cross-part connection to WP-EXT).
TolerancesTo a declared ASTM D3917-23 tolerance class for pultruded GFRP shapes; Aurora project tolerances confirmed achievable by the manufacturer.

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC). Custom pultruded GFRP by selected manufacturer.

Platform / Files (digital twin)

aurora-kit-of-parts/parts/100_frp_edge_form/

File typeFiles
build123d / IFC scriptsfrp_edge_form.py, frp_edge_form_ifc.py, frp_edge_forms.py
STEPFR-001_perimeter.step, FR-001_set_down_box.step, FR-002_garage_threshold.step, FR-002_side_edge_215.step, FR-003_internal_setdown.step, FR-003_side_edge_105.step, FR-004_side_edge_60.step
GLB (web viewer)FR-001_FR-002_connected.glb, FR-001_set_down_box.glb, FR-002_side_edge_215.glb, FR-003_side_edge_105.glb, FR-004_side_edge_60.glb
IFCFR-001_perimeter.ifc, FR-002_garage_threshold.ifc, FR-003_internal_setdown.ifc
attributes.jsonFR-001_attributes.json, FR-002_attributes.json, FR-003_attributes.json

1. Part Summary

The single record for this type. Feeds the MasterData workbook and the Specification Book part sheet.

Attribute Detail
Type ID FR
Part name FRP Edge Form Profile
Category Foundation Interface (Cost Code TBC)
NCC class Class 1a
Covers (4 variants) FR-001 Top Set-Down Box, FR-002 Side Edge 215, FR-003 Side Edge 105, FR-004 Side Edge 60
Description Custom pultruded GFRP edge-form profile supplied as four separate extruded parts: one common top set-down box (FR-001) plus a chosen side edge (FR-002 / FR-003 / FR-004). One top box plus one side edge forms each slab-edge, wet-area set-down, and garage-threshold condition. Permanent left-in-place formwork: the slab is poured against it. One face is permanently exposed to weather at ground level. The FR-001 top set-down box is also a structural tie-down interface: the wall bottom plate fixes into the top of the box, so FR-001 transfers wall hold-down, uplift and shear into the slab.
Components / materials Pultruded glass-fibre reinforced polymer (GFRP), approx 5mm wall section. UV-stabilised surface veil plus topcoat on the exposed face; cut edges sealed. Reinforcement approx 65 percent glass (confirm weight vs volume with the selected manufacturer).
Manufacture process Pultruded GFRP sections. Originally specified as single-piece sections; these were too large to extrude, so each set-down is now a top box plus a separate side edge section.
Dimensions Side edge height variants 215, 105 and 60 (FR-002 / FR-003 / FR-004); common top set-down box FR-001. Approx 5mm wall. Full dimensional schedule by the selected manufacturer; dimensional tolerances to a declared ASTM D3917-23 class.
Tolerances To a declared ASTM D3917-23 tolerance class for pultruded GFRP shapes; Aurora project tolerances confirmed achievable by the manufacturer.
Weight Per-linear-metre weights TBC (request from the manufacturer for handling and shipping).
Connections Top set-down box plus a chosen side edge per condition, set out to the engineer footing design and left in place; the slab is poured against it. Down to FD: the box seats on the galvanised head bracket on the soil-screw head (CN-007). Up to the wall: the wall bottom plate (70x35 pine) is glued and nailed through the non-visual panel into the top of the FR-001 box, and the box is glued to the slab on its non-visual side, transferring wall hold-down into the slab (cross-part connection to WP-EXT). The form is not the DPC, WRB, or waterproofing membrane; base damp-proofing and flashing belong to the wall and slab maps.
Structural options FR-001 top set-down box is a structural tie-down interface: the wall bottom plate fixes into the top of the box and transfers wall hold-down, uplift and shear into the slab (NCC H1, engineer Performance Solution / A5G3). The profile is non-structural as formwork (it carries no slab load), but structural as the wall-base tie-down interface. Slab and footing design is the engineer-of-record scope under AS 2870. FR-002 / FR-003 / FR-004 side edges are non-structural.
Finish UV-stabilised surface veil plus topcoat on the weather-exposed face.
Manufacturer Warranty 10 years

Build sequence (site): 1. Set out the slab-edge form (top set-down box plus the chosen side edge) to the engineer footing set-out; the box seats on the FD galvanised head brackets. 2. Fix the form in position as permanent left-in-place formwork, glued to the slab on its non-visual side. 3. Pour and cure the slab against the form. 4. Fix the wall bottom plate (70x35 pine), glued and nailed through the non-visual panel into the top of the FR-001 box, transferring wall hold-down into the slab. 5. Base damp-proofing and flashing are coordinated by the wall and slab systems (separate scope), not by the edge form.

2. Part Images

Source: Aurora design render (Blender) and Aurora KoP Specification Book (2026.03.25).

FRP edge form assembled at the slab edge: set-down box and side edge, timber wall base over, slab and soil-screw pad footing
FRP edge form assembled at the slab edge: FR-001 set-down box and side edge, 70x35 pine base plate and timber wall over, slab and soil-screw pad footing.
FRP edge form profile set: top set-down box and three side edges
FRP edge form set: FR-001 top set-down box with FR-002 / FR-003 / FR-004 side edges (215 / 105 / 60).

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
D1. Durability / weather-exposed longevity DTS One face permanently exposed to weather at ground level NCC A5G3 (durability; clause-rag-verify-pending for specific PR code) Yes UV-stabilised GFRP surface veil + topcoat (by selected manufacturer); inherent moisture/biological resistance; cut edges sealed; 10-year warranty target n/a ASTM D3917-23 (GFRP pultruded shape) UV treatment spec + 10-year warranty + accelerated UV ageing data (by selected manufacturer)
D2. Material suitability + dimensional conformity DTS Part must be suitable for the defined geometry and project tolerances NCC A5G3 (evidence of suitability) Yes GFRP material declared via manufacturer DoC consolidated into a PTS; dimensional tolerances to a declared ASTM D3917-23 class; Aurora project tolerances confirmed achievable n/a ASTM D3917-23 (dimensional tolerance of pultruded GFRP shapes) Manufacturer Product Technical Statement (PTS) + GFRP material spec + declared ASTM D3917 tolerance class
D3. Structural tie-down / hold-down interface PS Wall bottom plate fixes into the top of the FR-001 set-down box NCC H1 (structural reliability and resistance) No (non-standard GFRP structural interface) N/A Performance Solution / A5G3: the engineer-of-record designs the wall-base tie-down through the edge form into the slab; connection detail to WP-EXT AS/NZS 1170 (structural design actions), AS 2870 (slab the load transfers into) Engineer structural design / Performance Solution report + wall-base tie-down connection detail (CN to WP-EXT)

Scope notes for this matrix: Fire (resistance, combustibility, BAL), acoustic separation, whole-of-wall thermal performance, and termite barrier are NOT mapped -- this is an external edge form at ground level. The left-in-place formwork role is NOT a product-compliance dimension: concrete pressure during the pour is temporary works (builder scope). Base damp-proofing and flashing are NOT the edge form's function; they belong to the wall and slab maps. FR-001 carries a real structural tie-down interface (H1): the wall bottom plate fixes into the top of the box, transferring wall hold-down into the slab. AS 5204 has been removed as unverified; ASTM D3917-23 governs dimensional tolerance.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

Each compliance dimension follows a six-step chain: NCC entry, Performance Requirement, DTS pathway, AS/ASTM standards, Evidence DMC, and Certifications DMC.

4.1
Durability / Weather-Exposed Longevity
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC A5G3
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Evidence of suitability
Durable performance of the left-in-place edge form with one weather-exposed face (clause-rag-verify-pending for the durability PR code)
DTS Pathway
UV-stabilised GFRP
Surface veil + UV-stabilised topcoat on the exposed face; inherent moisture/biological resistance; cut edges sealed; 10-year warranty by selected manufacturer
AS Standards
  • ASTM D3917-23
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: UV treatment spec + 10-year warranty + accelerated UV ageing data (by selected manufacturer)
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.2
Material + Dimensional Suitability
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC A5G3
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Evidence of suitability
GFRP material and section dimensions evidenced as suitable by manufacturer DoC + PTS
DTS Pathway
DoC + PTS
GFRP declared via DoC into a Product Technical Statement; dimensional tolerances to a declared ASTM D3917-23 class; Aurora project tolerances confirmed achievable by the manufacturer
AS Standards
  • ASTM D3917-23
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + GFRP material spec + declared ASTM D3917 tolerance class
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.3
Structural Tie-Down / Hold-Down Interface
PS
the wall bottom plate fixes into the top of the FR-001 set-down box; the box transfers wall hold-down, uplift and shear into the slab
NCC Entry
NCC H1
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1
Wall hold-down, uplift and shear transfer through the edge form into the slab without disproportionate collapse
PS Pathway
Engineer Performance Solution / A5G3
No DTS for a non-standard GFRP structural interface; the engineer-of-record designs the wall-base tie-down through the edge form into the slab, with the connection detail to WP-EXT
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 1170
  • AS 2870
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: engineer structural design / Performance Solution report + wall-base tie-down connection detail (CN to WP-EXT)
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Compliance and Evidence Register

The full set of compliance and evidence documents this part needs, by category. These are obtained progressively, most at final supplier selection and engineer appointment. Status TBC means the document is identified and scoped, to be collected.

Category Evidence / document required Detail Status
Design - Durability UV treatment spec + accelerated UV ageing data + 10-year warranty Longevity of the one weather-exposed face (ASTM D3917-23 context) TBC
Design - Structure Engineer tie-down design / Performance Solution report + connection detail (CN to WP-EXT) Wall hold-down, uplift and shear transfer through the FR-001 box into the slab (NCC H1; AS/NZS 1170, AS 2870) TBC
Design - Regulatory NCC clause RAG grounding A5G3 (durability, material), H1 (tie-down) and the durability PR code (clause-rag-verify-pending) TBC
Manufacture - Material GFRP manufacturer DoC + Product Technical Statement (PTS) Glass content (confirm weight vs volume), resin system, UV treatment, declared ASTM D3917-23 tolerance class; FR-001 to FR-004 TBC
Manufacture - Material Per-linear-metre weight data All four sections, for handling and shipping TBC
Manufacture - Material GFRP material + UV-ageing conformity (Test M1) ASTM D3917-23 plus supplier UV-ageing data; optional material conformity check TBC
Manufacture - Process/QA Pultrusion QA / ITP photo evidence Section quality and dimensional conformity records TBC
Installation - Fixings Edge-form set-out + install QA photo evidence Set-out to the engineer footing design; box seated on the FD galvanised head brackets; glued to the slab non-visual side; left in place TBC
Installation - Fixings Wall-base tie-down install detail Wall bottom plate (70x35 pine) glued and nailed through the non-visual panel into the FR-001 box (CN to WP-EXT) TBC

Standards note: AS 5204 (former Spec Book citation) is removed as unverified and replaced by ASTM D3917-23 for dimensional tolerance. FR-001 carries a structural tie-down interface (NCC H1, engineer Performance Solution): the wall bottom plate fixes into the top of the box, transferring wall hold-down into the slab. The left-in-place formwork role is temporary works (builder scope), not a product-compliance dimension. Base damp-proofing and flashing belong to the wall and slab maps. Fire, acoustic, whole-of-wall thermal and termite are not mapped for this external edge form at ground level.

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

150 WP-EXT External Wall Structural SIP

3D viewer omitted in lightweight link
3D Model
Exploded assembly: three 1000-grid panels 200mm apart, two 90x45x2608.5 joining splines (one per gap), and 45x45 top and bottom plates (3000 long) expanded 100mm above and below. Timber 3-ply skins, phenolic core, blue WRB membrane; parametric build123d. Drag to rotate, scroll to zoom.

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending. Option A (DTS): heavier LVL frame carries all load to AS 1684 + AS 1720.1, panel braces only. Option B (PS): lighter 90x45 MGP10 frame works compositely once test suite (Tests A-D, V3 Eurocode 5 / EN 16351) complete. Glued spline connection has no DTS, via A5G3 engineer certification. Fastener centres by engineer.
Fireengineer-pending. Party wall FRL 60/60/60 (conditional, attached/boundary) is a Performance Solution tested to AS 1530.4 (no DTS). Bushfire BAL 12.5-40 via AS 3959 DTS; BAL FZ requires AS 1530.8.2 / AS 1530.4 testing. Foam flammability index declared to AS 1530.2.
Acousticengineer-pending. Party wall Rw + Ctr (conditional, attached Class 1a; target >= 50) is a Performance Solution, laboratory test to AS/NZS ISO 10140 rated to AS/NZS ISO 717.1 (no DTS); both Options A and B.
ThermalWhole-wall R-value not mapped at part level (system attribute). Phenolic foam core declares R-value to AS/NZS 4859.1 as a material property only (value not stated).
ConnectionsPanel-to-panel: LVL (Opt A) or MGP10 (Opt B) spline glued with HB S029 and temporary-nailed, 1.5mm gap held. Perimeter bottom plate screw-fixed into the FRP edge form (FR-001) top box; internal bottom plate anchor/concrete screw to slab. Top plate glued and nailed, installed last. Fastener centres by structural engineer.
TolerancesDesign gap between panels/columns 1.5mm; manufacture plus or minus 1.5mm; installation plus or minus 3.0mm.

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC). Materials named under Component Makeup are spec references only, not awarded suppliers.

Platform / Files (digital twin)

aurora-kit-of-parts/parts/150_wp_ext/, aurora-kit-of-parts/parts/150_wall_panels_external/

File typeFiles
build123d / IFC scriptswp_ext.py, wp_ext_assembly.py, wall_panel_external.py, wall_panel_external_ifc.py
STEPWP-EXT-001_sip_1000.step, WP-EXT_assembly_exploded.step, WP-EXT-001_standard_no_opening.step
GLB (web viewer)WP-EXT-001_sip_1000.glb, WP-EXT_assembly_exploded.glb
IFCWP-EXT-001_standard_no_opening.ifc
attributes.jsonWP-EXT-001_attributes.json

1. Part Summary

The single record for this type. Feeds the MasterData workbook and the Specification Book part sheet.

Attribute Detail
Type ID WP-EXT
Part name Hybrid Timber Wall Panel (External Wall Structural SIP)
Category Wall Panel, External (Cost Code 250, Structural Envelope)
NCC class Class 1a (standalone, plus attached duplex/townhouse via party wall)
Covers (4 variants) 2698.5 x 998.5 x 81mm; 2698.5 x 498.5 x 81mm; 2698.5 x Custom Width x 81mm; 2698.5 x 81 x 81mm corner post (MGP10 Radiata Pine)
Description Full-height external wall panel. 18mm 3-ply MGP10 radiata pine skin each face, glued to a 45mm closed-cell phenolic foam core (min 100 kg/m3). 81mm overall. Visual A-grade outer face, sealed. External face carries a vapour-permeable weather-resistant barrier.
Components / materials Skins: 18mm 3-ply MGP10 radiata pine (x2). Core: 45mm closed-cell phenolic foam, min 100 kg/m3. Factory lamination adhesive: by selected manufacturer. Site structural adhesive: LOCTITE HB S029 PURBOND (1-component moisture-cure PU, made Kilsyth VIC, formaldehyde-free, low-VOC M1). WRB (external face only): pro clima Solitex Extasana Adhero self-adhered vapour-permeable membrane, site-taped with pro clima Tescon Extora. Finish: Adler Lignovit Terra 3-coat decorative/protective (clear sealer or paint). Site framing: LVL (Option A) or MGP10 (Option B) plates, studs, splines.
Manufacture process Factory-laminated sandwich: 3-ply skins bonded both faces to the phenolic core; WRB factory-applied to the external face; finish factory-applied. Panels cut to grid with a 1.5mm design gap on all edges.
Dimensions Overall thickness 81mm (18mm skin + 45mm core + 18mm skin). Design grids 1000mm and 500mm. Manufactured size = grid minus 1.5mm gap all edges: 1000-grid panel 2698.5 x 998.5 x 81mm; 500-grid panel 2698.5 x 498.5 x 81mm.
Tolerances Design gap between panels/columns 1.5mm. Manufacture +/-1.5mm. Installation +/-3.0mm.
Weight Approx 25 kg/m2 (67 kg per 1000-grid panel, 34 kg per 500-grid panel). Calculated, confirm by selected manufacturer; accurate total from BIM per-element attribution.
Connections Panel-to-panel: LVL (Opt A) or MGP10 (Opt B) spline glued with HB S029 and temporary-nailed, 1.5mm design gap held. Panel-to-bottom-plate (perimeter): screw-fixed into the FRP edge form (FR-001) top box. Panel-to-bottom-plate (internal): anchor/concrete screw to slab. Panel-to-top-plate: glued and nailed, installed last. Fastener centres by structural engineer.
Structural options Option A (Phase 1 DTS): heavier LVL frame (140x45 E13 LVL studs/splines, 45x45 bottom plate, 140x45 top plate) carries all load; panel braces only. Option B (Performance Solution): lighter 90x45 MGP10 frame works compositely with the panel once test suite is complete; unlocks attached, boundary and bushfire designs.
Finish 3-coat decorative/protective. No NCC compliance duty for a Class 1a wall.
Manufacturer Warranty 10 years

Build sequence (site): 1. Set out all bottom plates first (robotic set-out under investigation). 2. Fix bottom plates to FRP edge form (screw) or slab (anchor). 3. Slot SIPs over the bottom plate, glue then nail. 4. Connect corner columns and adjoining panels via glued + nailed spline. 5. Temporarily prop panels (Rothoblaas Giraffe props). 6. Glue + nail top plates last.

2. Part Images

Source: Aurora KoP Specification Book (2026.03.25).

External wall SIP render: 3-ply timber face and phenolic foam core edge
External wall SIP: 3-ply timber face, phenolic foam core and weather-resistant barrier edge.
SIP panel cutaway showing timber skins and foam core
Panel build-up: skin each face bonded to the foam core.
3-ply timber skin edge profile
3-ply structural skin edge.
Timber face finish
Visual A-grade outer face.

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
Structural (timber frame) A Always (NCC H1) H1 YES AS 1684 design of timber-framed housing with wall bracing via Appendix E; connections to AS 1720.1 within the 1684 framework; wind actions from AS 4055 Not required for frame members; glued joint is separate A5G3 row. AS 1684; AS 1720.1; AS/NZS 1170 series; AS 4055; AS/NZS 1748 Engineering design (timber framing layout); bracing calculations; connection design to AS 1720.1
Structural (glued primary connection, site-applied) Both A + B Always (the spline joint is glued) H1 NO (no DTS route for on-site glued timber joints) No DTS clause path A5G3 evidence-of-suitability: Structural engineer certification + Henkel site-conditions data. EN 15425 Type I is factory-only, does not cover site. AS/NZS 4364:2010 (bond performance of structural adhesives); AS/NZS 1328.1 (glued-laminated timber adhesive ref); EN 15425 Type I (product cert, factory scope) Engineer-of-record A5G3 certificate; Henkel site-gluing data package; product data sheet
Site adhesive (LOCTITE HB S029 PURBOND) Both A + B Always H1 (through glued connection) NO (adhesive not covered by DTS tables) No DTS clause path Performance data via A5G3; manufacturer's technical data meets AS/NZS 4364:2010; bond strength data from Henkel. Nails temporary. AS/NZS 4364:2010; AS/NZS 1328.1 Henkel technical data sheet; test reports; site application protocol
Structural (whole-wall composite for Option B) B Always (NCC H1) H1 NO (no Australian SIP standard) No DTS clause path PS via V2 test (Tests A-D) + V3 calculation (Eurocode 5, EN 16351); verification reports for out-of-plane bending, racking, hold-down, compression Eurocode 5; EN 16351; ASTM E72; ASTM E564; EN 594; AS/NZS 4364:2010; AS 1720.5 (nailed connections); AS 3566 (screws, if used); AS/NZS 1559 (fastener corrosion) Structural test reports (Tests A-D); structural calculation set; fastener and adhesive supplier DoC
Fire BAL bushfire Both A + B Conditional: site BAL-zoned H7 (bushfire-prone area provisions per SIP Report v3 section 3.6); clause-rag-verify-pending YES (BAL 12.5 to 40 via AS 3959 construction methods); PARTIAL (BAL FZ requires testing AS 1530.8.2) AS 3959 standard construction details for the applicable BAL; BAL FZ must show compliance with AS 1530.4 test for external wall element Performance Solution for BAL FZ: test whole wall assembly to AS 1530.8.2 large-structure bushfire test, combine with AS 3959 intent AS 3959; AS 1530.4 (FRL 60 min in BAL FZ); AS 1530.8.2 (BAL FZ test) BAL site assessment report; AS 3959 construction compliance schedule; BAL FZ test report (if required)
Fire Party Wall FRL 60 min A Conditional: attached Class 1a (duplex/townhouse) OR boundary-proximity wall (within 900mm of boundary or within 1.8m of another building same allotment). Same pathway answers NCC H3P1. H3P1 NO (FRL requires fire-resistance level demonstration not provided by AS 1684 alone) No DTS clause path for SIP party wall FRL 60/60/60 PS: test full wall assembly to AS 1530.4 for FRL 60/60/60; include boundary-line construction details meeting H3P1 intent AS 1530.4 Fire test report to AS 1530.4 (FRL 60/60/60)
Fire Party Wall FRL 60 min B Same trigger as row above H3P1 NO No DTS clause path PS: same as Option A; composite behaviour may require additional validation of fire-resistance with load-bearing capacity AS 1530.4; possibly Eurocode 5 fire part for calculation backup Fire test report (Test G)
Acoustic Party Wall Rw+Ctr A Conditional: attached Class 1a only NCC Vol 2 separating wall acoustic provision; clause-rag-verify-pending (exact H-part and clause) NO (DTS acoustic provisions in NCC Vol 2 do not provide a prescriptive construction for 81mm SIP) No DTS clause path PS: laboratory test to AS/NZS ISO 10140; rating to AS/NZS ISO 717.1 for Rw + Ctr AS/NZS ISO 10140; AS/NZS ISO 717.1 Acoustic test report (Test H)
Acoustic Party Wall Rw+Ctr B Same trigger as row above NCC Vol 2 separating wall acoustic provision; clause-rag-verify-pending NO No DTS clause path PS: same as Option A; composite build may affect sound transmission, test required AS/NZS ISO 10140; AS/NZS ISO 717.1 Acoustic test report (Test H)
Waterproofing external WRB Both A + B Always (NCC H2P2) H2P2 YES (DTS via pliable membrane provisions in H2; clause-rag-verify-pending for exact DTS clause) DTS pliable membrane provisions in NCC H2 (clause-rag-verify-pending): membrane to comply with AS/NZS 4200.1, installation to AS/NZS 4200.2, test methods AS/NZS 4201.3/4/6, additional fire index AS 1530.2 FI less than 5 for BAL PS: not necessary if DTS met; full assembly weathertightness test to AS/NZS 4284 Test E can be used for PS AS/NZS 4200.1; AS/NZS 4200.2; AS/NZS 4201.3; AS/NZS 4201.4; AS/NZS 4201.6; AS 1530.2; AS/NZS 4284 (optional) WRB product DoC (pro clima Solitex Extasana Adhero: Class 4 to AS/NZS 4200.1, AS/NZS 4200.2, AS 1530.2 FI<5, BRANZ Appraisal 822, BAL 12.5-40; AU CodeMark to confirm); installation inspection checklist; Tescon Extora tape used for site jointing
Material -- SIP timber skin (18mm 3-ply MGP10 radiata pine) Both A + B Always Material properties must suit structural and durability demands YES (AS/NZS 4357 for LVL provides a reference; formaldehyde emission to AS/NZS 4266.2) DTS: use AS/NZS 4357 LVL specification as closest standard until Australian 3-ply panel standard published; stress grade to MGP10 per AS/NZS 1748 PS: not required for material acceptance AS/NZS 4357; AS/NZS 4266.2; AS/NZS 1748 Supplier DoC for 3-ply panel: species, glue type, formaldehyde class, structural grading certificate
Material -- Phenolic foam core (45mm closed cell min 100 kg/m3) Both A + B Always Material properties must provide declared insulation value and fire resistance YES (foam insulant declared R-value to AS/NZS 4859.1; fire properties via AS 1530.2 flammability index and smouldering) DTS: insulation material must declare R-value per AS/NZS 4859.1; for fire, foam must meet AS 1530.2 FI/SN limits appropriate to the application (external wall requires low FI) PS: not required for material acceptance AS/NZS 4859.1 (R-value declaration only); EN 13166 (supplier product reference); AS 1530.2 Foam supplier DoC: density, closed-cell content, ASTM C 518 or similar R-value test report; AS 1530.2 test report for flammability index and smouldering
Material -- Site framing timber (plates + studs + splines) A (Option A-specific sizes) Always for Option A Structural timber must be stress-graded YES (AS 1684 + AS 1720.1) DTS: all site framing to be MGP10 or better for Option B, and E13 LVL sizes as listed for Option A; graded to AS/NZS 1748 PS: not required AS/NZS 1748 Timber supplier grading certificates
Material -- Factory finish (3-coat decorative/protective) Both Always No NCC compliance duty for Class 1a internal/finish coat N/A Not applicable N/A None required Supplier product data only (Adler Lignovit Terra or equivalent)

Scope notes for this matrix: Thermal whole-wall R-value is a SYSTEM attribute (cladding + foam + framing + linings + WRB) and is not mapped as a compliance dimension at the part level. The phenolic foam R-value is declared in the Part Summary only as a material property. Termite management is a site-level barrier system under a separate KoP item and is not mapped as a compliance attribute of this wall panel.

AS 4654.1/2 (external above-ground waterproofing membranes) and AS 3740 (wet-area waterproofing) are NOT triggered for the standard external wall WRB pathway. Both apply only conditionally -- AS 4654.1/2 if a balcony or planter detail is present, AS 3740 if a wet area abuts the panel.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

Six-step compliance chain per dimension. NCC entry, Performance Requirement, DTS or PS pathway, AS standards triggered, Evidence (Design, Manufacture, Construct), Certifications (Design Consultant, Manufacturer, Builder). Applicable standard clauses group into Design, Manufacture and Construct buckets, producing three certification forms per dimension. Conditional dimensions carry an applicability pill before the chain.

4A. Option A -- DTS Pathway

4A.1
Structural Performance (Frame)
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1P1
Structural reliability and resistance
DTS Pathway
AS 1684 framework
Site frame to AS 1684 + AS 1720.1 connections + AS 4055 wind classification (glued joint is A5G3, see separate card)
AS Standards
  • AS 1684
  • AS 1720.1
  • AS/NZS 1170
  • AS 4055
  • AS/NZS 1748
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: design pack + bracing calc + connections
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.2
Waterproofing (WRB)
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2P2
External weatherproofing of walls
DTS Pathway
Pliable membrane DTS
Vapour-permeable self-adhered WRB (pro clima Solitex Extasana Adhero) factory-applied to panel, site-taped with Tescon Extora, cladding rain screen over
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4200.1
  • AS/NZS 4200.2
  • AS/NZS 4201.3
  • AS/NZS 4201.4
  • AS/NZS 4201.6
  • AS 1530.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: WRB spec + junctions + cladding
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.3
Fire Separation Party Wall FRL 60
Option A | DTS
wall is within 900mm of boundary, or within 1.8m of another building on the same allotment, or party wall in an attached Class 1a (duplex / townhouse)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H3P1
Fire separation between buildings and within buildings
DTS Pathway
FRL 60/60/60
Housing Provisions Part 9.2.3 via AS 1530.4 test from outside (double-wall configuration)
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: double-wall config + boundary detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.4
Bushfire BAL
Option A | DTS
site is in a designated bushfire-prone area (BAL 12.5 to BAL FZ)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Bushfire-prone area construction
DTS Pathway
AS 3959 details
Construction per BAL classification, cladding system rated up to BAL FZ via cladding fire test
AS Standards
  • AS 3959
  • AS 1530.4
  • AS 1530.8.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: BAL assessment + AS 3959 schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.5
Material Register
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC A5G3
Evidence of suitability framework
Performance Requirement
Fit-for-purpose
Material properties declared per Product Technical Statement
DTS Pathway
Material declarations
Each component declared against applicable material standard, supplier DoC consolidated into a Product Technical Statement
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4357
  • AS/NZS 4266.2
  • AS/NZS 4859.1
  • AS/NZS 1748
  • AS 1530.2
  • AS/NZS 4200.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + materials spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.6
Structural Glued Connection (Site Adhesive A5G3)
Option A | A5G3
NCC Entry
NCC A5G3
Evidence of suitability framework
Performance Requirement
H1P1
Structural reliability of glued timber joints
PS Pathway
A5G3 engineer certification
No DTS route exists for on-site glued timber joints. Compliance via structural engineer certificate + Henkel site-conditions data (EN 15425 Type I cert is factory-only, does not cover site gluing).
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4364:2010
  • AS/NZS 1328.1
  • EN 15425 Type I (product cert, factory scope)
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: engineer A5G3 certificate + joint design
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4B. Option B -- Performance Solution Pathway

4B.1
Structural Performance
Option B | PS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1P1
Structural reliability and resistance
PS Pathway
A2G2 + A5 + V2 + V3
Test suite Tests A to D + V3 calc by Chartered Structural Engineer establishes composite panel capacities; glued connection covered by engineer cert under A5G3 (see card 4B.7)
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 1170
  • AS 1720.1
  • AS 1720.5
  • AS 3566
  • AS/NZS 1559
  • AS/NZS 4364:2010
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: engineer design + V3 calc
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.2
Waterproofing (full assembly)
Option B | PS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2P2
External weatherproofing of walls
PS Pathway
A2G2 + A5 + V2
Test E full-assembly weathertightness via NCC H2V1 or AS/NZS 4284. Membrane remains pro clima Solitex Extasana Adhero with site tape.
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4284
  • NCC H2V1
  • AS/NZS 4200.1
  • AS/NZS 4200.2
  • AS 1530.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: assembly weathertightness design
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.3
Fire Separation Party Wall FRL 60
Option B | PS
wall is within 900mm of boundary, or within 1.8m of another building on the same allotment, or party wall in an attached Class 1a (duplex / townhouse)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H3P1
Fire separation between buildings and within buildings
PS Pathway
A2G2 + A5 + V2
Test G AS 1530.4 fire-resistance test on double-wall configuration (FRL 60/60/60)
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: double-wall config + boundary detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.4
Acoustic Party Wall (Rw + Ctr)
Option B | PS
party wall between attached Class 1a dwellings (duplex / townhouse)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Separating wall acoustic
Rw + Ctr greater than or equal to 50 for separating walls between Class 1 dwellings
PS Pathway
A2G2 + A5 + V2
Test H airborne sound insulation on double-wall configuration; prelim acoustic engineering calc supports the test target
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS ISO 10140
  • AS/NZS ISO 717.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: acoustic prelim + double-wall config
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.5
Bushfire BAL
Option B | PS
site is in a designated bushfire-prone area (BAL 12.5 to BAL FZ)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Bushfire-prone area construction
PS Pathway
A2G2 + A5 + V2
AS 3959 DTS up to BAL 40; Test F cladding fire test for BAL FZ via AS 1530.8.2 or AS 1530.4
AS Standards
  • AS 3959
  • AS 1530.4
  • AS 1530.8.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: BAL assessment + AS 3959 schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.6
Material Register (composite)
Option B | PS
NCC Entry
NCC A5G3
Evidence of suitability framework
Performance Requirement
Fit-for-purpose
Material + adhesive + fastener properties declared per Product Technical Statement
PS Pathway
Material declarations + Test J
Each component declared against applicable material standard; adhesive bond performance verified via Test J
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4357
  • AS/NZS 4859.1
  • AS/NZS 1748
  • AS/NZS 4200.1
  • AS/NZS 4364:2010
  • AS 1720.5
  • AS 3566
  • AS/NZS 1559
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + adhesive + fastener design
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.7
Structural Glued Connection (Site Adhesive A5G3)
Option B | A5G3
NCC Entry
NCC A5G3
Evidence of suitability framework
Performance Requirement
H1P1
Structural reliability of glued timber joints
PS Pathway
A5G3 engineer certification
No DTS route exists for on-site glued timber joints. Compliance via structural engineer certificate + Henkel site-conditions data (EN 15425 Type I cert is factory-only, does not cover site gluing). Part of overall PS.
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4364:2010
  • AS/NZS 1328.1
  • EN 15425 Type I (product cert, factory scope)
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: engineer A5G3 certificate + joint design
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Compliance and Evidence Register

The full set of compliance and evidence documents this part needs, by category. These are obtained progressively, most at final supplier selection and engineer appointment. Status TBC means the document is identified and scoped, to be collected.

Category Evidence / document required Detail Status
Design - Structure Timber frame engineering design Frame layout, bracing calc, connection design to AS 1720.1 / AS 1684 (Option A) TBC
Design - Structure Engineer-of-record A5G3 certificate (glued spline connection) Certifies the site-glued primary structural joint; backed by Henkel site-conditions data TBC
Design - Structure Composite structural calculation set (Option B) V3 calculation, Eurocode 5 / EN 16351, supporting Tests A-D TBC
Design - Structure Bottom-plate-to-base fixing schedule Screw/anchor spacing to FRP edge form (FR-001) and slab, by engineer TBC
Design - Structure State NCC variation review Any state amendment affecting Class 1a external walls TBC
Design - Fire BAL site assessment + AS 3959 construction schedule For bushfire-prone sites (BAL 12.5 to FZ) TBC
Design - Fire Party Wall FRL 60 fire test report (AS 1530.4) Test G, for attached / boundary walls TBC
Design - Fire BAL FZ cladding fire test report (AS 1530.8.2) Test F, for BAL FZ sites only TBC
Design - Acoustic Party wall acoustic test report (AS/NZS ISO 10140 + 717.1) Test H, Rw + Ctr >= 50, for attached dwellings TBC
Design - Waterproofing WRB design + junction details External WRB spec, cladding and junction detailing TBC
Design - Waterproofing Weathertightness test report (AS/NZS 4284) Test E, full assembly, Option B (optional for A) TBC
Design - Waterproofing Interstitial condensation assessment Phenolic core + WRB in cold climate zones (WoodSolutions TDG 54/57) TBC
Manufacture - Material 3-ply skin supplier DoC Species, glue type, formaldehyde class, structural grading (AS/NZS 4357, 4266.2, 1748) TBC
Manufacture - Material Phenolic foam supplier DoC Density, closed-cell content, declared R-value (AS/NZS 4859.1), flammability (AS 1530.2) TBC
Manufacture - Material WRB supplier DoC + AU CodeMark pro clima Solitex Extasana Adhero (AS/NZS 4200 series, AS 1530.2 FI<5); CodeMark number to confirm TBC
Manufacture - Material WRB tape compatibility statement pro clima Tescon Extora with Solitex Extasana Adhero (AS/NZS 4200.2) TBC
Manufacture - Material Factory lamination adhesive identity + TDS Adhesive bonding skins to core, by selected manufacturer TBC
Manufacture - Material Site adhesive TDS + Henkel site-gluing data package LOCTITE HB S029 PURBOND (AS/NZS 4364:2010); EN 15425 Type I is factory-only TBC
Manufacture - Material Fastener DoC Nails/screws load + corrosion (AS 1720.5, AS 3566, AS/NZS 1559) TBC
Manufacture - Material Site framing timber grading certificates LVL (Option A) / MGP10 (Option B) to AS/NZS 1748 TBC
Manufacture - Process/QA Factory lamination QA / ITP Bond, press, cut, finish quality records and photo evidence TBC
Manufacture - Process/QA WRB factory-application QA Membrane application and edge-seal records TBC
Manufacture - Process/QA Composite adhesive bond durability test (Test J, AS/NZS 4364:2010) Bond ageing protocol, Option B TBC
Installation - Fixings Spline glue + nail protocol HB S029 application, cure holding, 1.5mm gap control TBC
Installation - Fixings Bottom plate fixing method Screw to FRP edge form (FR-001) / anchor to slab TBC
Installation - Fixings Fastener selection + pattern Nail/screw type and spacing, by engineer TBC
Installation - Fixings Install QA / ITP photo evidence Set-out, panel placement, propping, top-plate fix TBC
Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

150 WP-INT Internal Hybrid Timber Partition

3D viewer omitted in lightweight link
3D Model
Exploded assembly: three 1000-grid internal partition panels 200mm apart, two 90x45x2608.5 joining splines (one per gap), and 45x45 top and bottom plates (3000 long) expanded 100mm above and below. Internal partition: V-grooves on BOTH timber faces, phenolic core, no WRB membrane. Parametric build123d. Drag to rotate, scroll to zoom.

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending. Option A (DTS): panel = bracing element only, site frame carries vertical + lateral loads, standard bracing per AS 1684 (AS 1720.1, AS 4055, AS/NZS 1170). Option B (PS): composite glued + nailed, requires Tests A-D + V3 calc (EN 1995-1-1 / ASTM E72 / ASTM E564 / AS 1720.1).
Fireengineer-pending. Party wall FRL 60/60/60 (conditional, attached Class 1a / boundary) is a Performance Solution, no DTS, AS 1530.4 Test G (Phase 2); both options. Foam flammability declared to AS 1530.2 (material).
Acousticengineer-pending. Party wall Rw + Ctr >= 50 (conditional, attached Class 1a) and non-separating partition rating (on brief) are Performance Solutions, no DTS, tested to AS/NZS ISO 10140 and rated to AS/NZS ISO 717.1 (Test H, Phase 2).
ThermalWhole-wall R not mapped at part level (system attribute). Phenolic foam core material R approx 2.25, declared to AS/NZS 4859.1 (material declaration only).
Connectionsengineer-pending for connection details (base, head, corners, door openings, T-junctions to be provided by engineer-of-record). Option A: site timber frame (45x45 plates + 90x45 splines). Option B: glued + nailed skins transfer load to framing via site adhesive + fasteners.
TolerancesSame triad as WP-EXT: design gap between panels/columns 1.5mm; manufacture plus or minus 1.5mm; installation plus or minus 3.0mm.

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC). All components (skin, foam core, adhesives, framing, fasteners) need supplier DoCs.

Platform / Files (digital twin)

aurora-kit-of-parts/parts/150_wp_ext/

File typeFiles
build123d / IFC scriptswp_int.py, wp_int_assembly.py
STEPWP-INT-001_sip_1000.step, WP-INT_assembly_exploded.step
GLB (web viewer)WP-INT-001_sip_1000.glb, WP-INT_assembly_exploded.glb

1. Part Summary

The single record for this type. Feeds the MasterData workbook and the Specification Book part sheet.

Attribute Detail
Type ID WP-INT
Part name Hybrid Timber Internal Panel (Internal Wall Panel SIP)
Category Structural Internal (Cost Code 260)
NCC class Class 1a (internal partition, potential separating wall)
Covers (3 variants) 2698.5 x 998.5 x 81mm; 2698.5 x 498.5 x 81mm; 2698.5 x Custom Width x 81mm
Description Non-load-bearing internal partition. The same 81mm sandwich panel as the external wall (18mm 3-ply MGP10 radiata pine skin each face + 45mm closed-cell phenolic foam core, min 100 kg/m3), used for partitions inside the house. No external water-resistant barrier; both faces receive the 3-coat decorative/protective factory finish (clear sealer or paint). Bushfire regulations do not apply because the wall is not externally exposed. Where an internal wall serves as a separating / party wall, the fire party-wall FRL 60 min and acoustic Rw+Ctr requirements may apply.
Components / materials Skins: 18mm 3-ply MGP10 radiata pine (x2). Core: 45mm closed-cell phenolic foam, min 100 kg/m3. Factory lamination adhesive: by selected manufacturer. Site structural adhesive: LOCTITE HB S029 PURBOND. Finish (both faces): 3-coat decorative/protective clear sealer or paint. Site framing: LVL (Option A) or MGP10 (Option B) plates, studs, splines. No WRB, no external tape.
Manufacture process Factory-laminated sandwich: 3-ply skins bonded both faces to the phenolic core; finish factory-applied to both faces. Panels cut to grid with a 1.5mm design gap on all edges.
Dimensions Overall thickness 81mm (18mm skin + 45mm core + 18mm skin). Design grids 1000mm and 500mm. Manufactured size = grid minus 1.5mm gap all edges. Identical to WP-EXT v5.
Tolerances Design gap between panels/columns 1.5mm. Manufacture +/-1.5mm. Installation +/-3.0mm. Identical to WP-EXT v5.
Weight Approx 25 kg/m2. Identical to WP-EXT v5; accurate total from BIM per-element attribution, confirm by selected manufacturer.
Connections CN-007 to foundation via bearer; CN-001 inline panels; CN-006 T-junction to external wall; CN-002 base to floor cassette; CN-010 top plate to ceiling. Bottom-plate fixing follows the same rules as the external wall: screw into the FRP edge form (FR-001) where the wall sits on the edge form, or anchor / concrete screw direct to slab. Fastener centres by structural engineer.
Structural options Option A (Phase 1 DTS): heavier LVL frame (140x45 E13 LVL studs/splines, 45x45 E13 LVL plates) carries all load; panel braces only. Option B (Performance Solution): lighter 90x45 MGP10 frame works compositely with the panel once the test suite is complete.
Finish 3-coat decorative/protective on both faces. No NCC compliance duty for a Class 1a internal finish coat.
Manufacturer Warranty 10 years

Build sequence (site): 1. Set out all bottom plates first (robotic set-out under investigation). 2. Fix bottom plates to the FRP edge form (screw) or slab (anchor). 3. Slot SIPs over the bottom plate, glue then nail. 4. Connect adjoining panels via glued + nailed spline. 5. Temporarily prop panels (Rothoblaas Giraffe props). 6. Glue + nail top plates last.

2. Part Images

Source: Aurora KoP Specification Book (2026.03.25). Same 81mm hybrid-timber SIP as the external wall, internal variant (no weather-resistant barrier).

Internal wall SIP render: 3-ply timber skin each face and phenolic foam core
Internal wall SIP: 3-ply timber skin each face, phenolic foam core, both faces factory-finished (no external WRB).
SIP panel cutaway showing timber skins and foam core
Panel build-up: skin each face bonded to the foam core.
3-ply timber skin edge profile
3-ply structural skin edge.
Decorative factory-finished timber face
Decorative finished face (both faces, internal).

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

(Dimensions removed vs external: waterproofing, bushfire. All other rows are identical.)

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
Structural (timber frame) A Always (NCC H1) H1 YES AS 1684 design of timber-framed housing with wall bracing via Appendix E; connections to AS 1720.1 within the 1684 framework; wind actions from AS 4055 Not required for frame members; glued joint is separate A5G3 row. AS 1684; AS 1720.1; AS/NZS 1170 series; AS 4055; AS/NZS 1748 Engineering design (timber framing layout); bracing calculations; connection design to AS 1720.1
Structural (glued primary connection, site-applied) Both A + B Always (the spline joint is glued) H1 NO (no DTS route for on-site glued timber joints) No DTS clause path A5G3 evidence-of-suitability: Structural engineer certification + Henkel site-conditions data. EN 15425 Type I is factory-only, does not cover site. AS/NZS 4364:2010; AS/NZS 1328.1; EN 15425 Type I (product cert, factory scope) Engineer-of-record A5G3 certificate; Henkel site-gluing data package; product data sheet
Site adhesive (LOCTITE HB S029 PURBOND) Both A + B Always H1 (through glued connection) NO (adhesive not covered by DTS tables) No DTS clause path Performance data via A5G3; manufacturer's technical data meets AS/NZS 4364:2010; bond strength data from Henkel. Nails temporary. AS/NZS 4364:2010; AS/NZS 1328.1 Henkel technical data sheet; test reports; site application protocol
Structural (whole-wall composite for Option B) B Always (NCC H1) H1 NO (no Australian SIP standard) No DTS clause path PS via V2 test (Tests A-D) + V3 calculation (Eurocode 5, EN 16351); verification reports Eurocode 5; EN 16351; ASTM E72; ASTM E564; EN 594; AS/NZS 4364:2010; AS 1720.5; AS 3566; AS/NZS 1559 Structural test reports (Tests A-D); structural calculation set; fastener and adhesive supplier DoC
Fire Party Wall FRL 60 min A Conditional: attached Class 1a (duplex/townhouse) OR boundary-proximity wall (within 900mm of boundary or within 1.8m of another building same allotment). Same pathway answers NCC H3P1. H3P1 NO (FRL requires fire-resistance level demonstration not provided by AS 1684 alone) No DTS clause path for SIP party wall FRL 60/60/60 PS: test full wall assembly to AS 1530.4 for FRL 60/60/60 AS 1530.4 Fire test report to AS 1530.4 (FRL 60/60/60)
Fire Party Wall FRL 60 min B Same trigger as row above H3P1 NO No DTS clause path PS: same as Option A; composite behaviour may require additional validation AS 1530.4; possibly Eurocode 5 fire part for calculation backup Fire test report (Test G)
Acoustic Party Wall Rw+Ctr A Conditional: attached Class 1a only NCC Vol 2 separating wall acoustic provision; clause-rag-verify-pending (exact H-part and clause) NO (DTS acoustic provisions in NCC Vol 2 do not provide a prescriptive construction for 81mm SIP) No DTS clause path PS: laboratory test to AS/NZS ISO 10140; rating to AS/NZS ISO 717.1 for Rw + Ctr AS/NZS ISO 10140; AS/NZS ISO 717.1 Acoustic test report (Test H)
Acoustic Party Wall Rw+Ctr B Same trigger as row above NCC Vol 2 separating wall acoustic provision; clause-rag-verify-pending NO No DTS clause path PS: same as Option A AS/NZS ISO 10140; AS/NZS ISO 717.1 Acoustic test report (Test H)
Material -- SIP timber skin (18mm 3-ply MGP10 radiata pine) Both A + B Always Material properties must suit structural and durability demands YES (AS/NZS 4357 for LVL reference; formaldehyde emission to AS/NZS 4266.2) DTS: use AS/NZS 4357 LVL specification as closest standard; stress grade to MGP10 per AS/NZS 1748 PS: not required for material acceptance AS/NZS 4357; AS/NZS 4266.2; AS/NZS 1748 Supplier DoC for 3-ply panel
Material -- Phenolic foam core (45mm closed cell min 100 kg/m3) Both A + B Always Material properties must provide declared insulation value and fire resistance YES (foam insulant declared R-value to AS/NZS 4859.1; fire properties via AS 1530.2 flammability index and smouldering) DTS: insulation material must declare R-value per AS/NZS 4859.1; fire limits as required PS: not required AS/NZS 4859.1 (R-value declaration only); EN 13166; AS 1530.2 Foam supplier DoC: density, closed-cell content, R-value test report; AS 1530.2 test report
Material -- Site framing timber (plates + studs + splines) A (Option A-specific sizes) Always for Option A Structural timber must be stress-graded YES (AS 1684 + AS 1720.1) DTS: all site framing to be MGP10 or better for Option B, and E13 LVL sizes for Option A; graded to AS/NZS 1748 PS: not required AS/NZS 1748 Timber supplier grading certificates
Material -- Factory finish (3-coat decorative/protective) Both Always No NCC compliance duty for Class 1a internal/finish coat N/A Not applicable N/A None required Supplier product data only

Scope notes: Thermal R-value is a system-level attribute not mapped here. Termite management is site-level. No external weatherproofing applies, so AS/NZS 4200 series and AS 1530.2 for WRB are removed. No bushfire requirements, so AS 3959, AS 1530.8.2 are removed.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

(Only the relevant dimensions are shown; waterproofing and bushfire cards are removed.)

4A. Option A -- DTS Pathway (internal wall)

4A.1
Structural Performance (Frame)
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1P1
Structural reliability and resistance
DTS Pathway
AS 1684 framework
Site frame to AS 1684 + AS 1720.1 connections + AS 4055 wind classification (glued joint is A5G3, see separate card)
AS Standards
  • AS 1684
  • AS 1720.1
  • AS/NZS 1170
  • AS 4055
  • AS/NZS 1748
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: design pack + bracing calc + connections
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.2
Fire Separation Party Wall FRL 60
Option A | DTS
wall is a separating wall between attached Class 1a dwellings or within 900mm of boundary
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H3P1
Fire separation between buildings and within buildings
DTS Pathway
FRL 60/60/60
Housing Provisions Part 9.2.3 via AS 1530.4 test from outside (double-wall configuration)
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: double-wall config + boundary detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.3
Material Register
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC A5G3
Evidence of suitability framework
Performance Requirement
Fit-for-purpose
Material properties declared per Product Technical Statement
DTS Pathway
Material declarations
Each component declared against applicable material standard, supplier DoC consolidated into a Product Technical Statement
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4357
  • AS/NZS 4266.2
  • AS/NZS 4859.1
  • AS/NZS 1748
  • AS 1530.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + materials spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.4
Structural Glued Connection (Site Adhesive A5G3)
Option A | A5G3
NCC Entry
NCC A5G3
Evidence of suitability framework
Performance Requirement
H1P1
Structural reliability of glued timber joints
PS Pathway
A5G3 engineer certification
No DTS route exists for on-site glued timber joints. Compliance via structural engineer certificate + Henkel site-conditions data (EN 15425 Type I cert is factory-only, does not cover site gluing).
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4364:2010
  • AS/NZS 1328.1
  • EN 15425 Type I (product cert, factory scope)
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: engineer A5G3 certificate + joint design
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4B. Option B -- Performance Solution Pathway (internal wall)

4B.1
Structural Performance
Option B | PS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1P1
Structural reliability and resistance
PS Pathway
A2G2 + A5 + V2 + V3
Test suite Tests A to D + V3 calc by Chartered Structural Engineer establishes composite panel capacities; glued connection covered by engineer cert under A5G3 (see card 4B.7)
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 1170
  • AS 1720.1
  • AS 1720.5
  • AS 3566
  • AS/NZS 1559
  • AS/NZS 4364:2010
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: engineer design + V3 calc
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.2
Fire Separation Party Wall FRL 60
Option B | PS
party wall between attached Class 1a dwellings or boundary wall
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H3P1
Fire separation between buildings and within buildings
PS Pathway
A2G2 + A5 + V2
Test G AS 1530.4 fire-resistance test on double-wall configuration (FRL 60/60/60)
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: double-wall config + boundary detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.3
Acoustic Party Wall (Rw + Ctr)
Option B | PS
party wall between attached Class 1a dwellings
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Separating wall acoustic
Rw + Ctr greater than or equal to 50 for separating walls between Class 1 dwellings
PS Pathway
A2G2 + A5 + V2
Test H airborne sound insulation on double-wall configuration; prelim acoustic engineering calc supports the test target
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS ISO 10140
  • AS/NZS ISO 717.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: acoustic prelim + double-wall config
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.4
Material Register (composite)
Option B | PS
NCC Entry
NCC A5G3
Evidence of suitability framework
Performance Requirement
Fit-for-purpose
Material + adhesive + fastener properties declared per Product Technical Statement
PS Pathway
Material declarations + Test J
Each component declared against applicable material standard; adhesive bond performance verified via Test J
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4357
  • AS/NZS 4859.1
  • AS/NZS 1748
  • AS/NZS 4364:2010
  • AS 1720.5
  • AS 3566
  • AS/NZS 1559
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + adhesive + fastener design
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.5
Structural Glued Connection (Site Adhesive A5G3)
Option B | A5G3
NCC Entry
NCC A5G3
Evidence of suitability framework
Performance Requirement
H1P1
Structural reliability of glued timber joints
PS Pathway
A5G3 engineer certification
No DTS route exists for on-site glued timber joints. Compliance via structural engineer certificate + Henkel site-conditions data (EN 15425 Type I cert is factory-only, does not cover site gluing). Part of overall PS.
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4364:2010
  • AS/NZS 1328.1
  • EN 15425 Type I (product cert, factory scope)
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: engineer A5G3 certificate + joint design
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Compliance and Evidence Register

The full set of compliance and evidence documents this part needs, by category. These are obtained progressively, most at final supplier selection and engineer appointment. Status TBC means the document is identified and scoped, to be collected.

Category Evidence / document required Detail Status
Design - Structure Timber frame engineering design Frame layout, bracing calc, connection design to AS 1720.1 / AS 1684 (Option A) TBC
Design - Structure Engineer-of-record A5G3 certificate (glued spline connection) Certifies the site-glued primary structural joint; backed by Henkel site-conditions data TBC
Design - Structure Composite structural calculation set (Option B) V3 calculation, Eurocode 5 / EN 16351, supporting Tests A-D TBC
Design - Structure Bottom-plate-to-base fixing schedule Screw / anchor spacing to FRP edge form (FR-001) and slab, by engineer TBC
Design - Structure State NCC variation review Any state amendment affecting Class 1a internal walls TBC
Design - Fire Party Wall FRL 60 fire test report (AS 1530.4, Test G) Conditional: separating / party wall between attached Class 1a dwellings or within 900mm of boundary TBC
Design - Acoustic Party wall acoustic test report (AS/NZS ISO 10140 + 717.1, Test H) Rw + Ctr >= 50, for attached dwellings TBC
Design - Durability Interstitial condensation assessment Phenolic core in an internal wall separating conditioned and unconditioned spaces (WoodSolutions TDG 54/57) TBC
Manufacture - Material 3-ply skin supplier DoC Species, glue type, formaldehyde class, structural grading (AS/NZS 4357, AS/NZS 4266.2, AS/NZS 1748) TBC
Manufacture - Material Phenolic foam supplier DoC Density, closed-cell content, declared R-value (AS/NZS 4859.1), flammability (AS 1530.2) TBC
Manufacture - Material Factory lamination adhesive identity + TDS Adhesive bonding skins to core, by selected manufacturer TBC
Manufacture - Material Site adhesive TDS + Henkel site-gluing data package LOCTITE HB S029 PURBOND (AS/NZS 4364:2010); EN 15425 Type I is factory-only TBC
Manufacture - Material Fastener DoC Nails / screws load + corrosion (AS 1720.5, AS 3566, AS/NZS 1559) TBC
Manufacture - Material Site framing timber grading certificates LVL (Option A) / MGP10 (Option B) to AS/NZS 1748 TBC
Manufacture - Process/QA Factory lamination QA / ITP Bond, press, cut, finish quality records and photo evidence TBC
Manufacture - Process/QA Composite adhesive bond durability test (Test J, AS/NZS 4364:2010) Bond ageing protocol, Option B TBC
Installation - Fixings Structural tests Tests A-D (ASTM E72 / ASTM E564 / EN 594 / AS 1720.1) Bending, racking, hold-down, compression for the composite load path; Option B TBC
Installation - Fixings Spline glue + nail protocol HB S029 application, cure holding, 1.5mm gap control TBC
Installation - Fixings Bottom plate fixing method Screw to FRP edge form (FR-001) / anchor to slab TBC
Installation - Fixings Fastener selection + pattern Nail / screw type and spacing, by engineer TBC
Installation - Fixings Install QA / ITP photo evidence Set-out, panel placement, propping, top-plate fix TBC

Standards note: Spec Book currently cites AS 1720.1, Eurocode 5-2004 and EN 16351 (KEEP / supplementary). To be added at spec-book reconciliation: AS 1684, AS/NZS 1170 series, AS 4055, AS/NZS 1748, AS/NZS 4357, ASTM E72, ASTM E564, EN 594, AS/NZS 4364:2010, AS/NZS 1328.1, AS 1720.5, AS 3566, AS/NZS 1559, AS/NZS 4266.2, AS 1530.4, AS/NZS ISO 10140, AS/NZS ISO 717.1. AS 3558 series is removed (superseded by AS/NZS 4364:2010). Thermal R-value is a system-level attribute not mapped here; termite management is site-level. No external weatherproofing applies, so the AS/NZS 4200 series and AS 1530.2 for WRB and bushfire standards AS 3959 / AS 1530.8.2 are not triggered for the internal wall.

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

150 CP Hybrid Timber Ceiling Cassette

3D viewer omitted in lightweight link
3D Model
Exploded assembly viewed from the room face: three CP-001 ceiling cassettes 200mm apart, a 140x75 E13 LVL joining joist in each gap (run the length, pre-cut to the foam core), and a 140x35 E13 LVL end trimmer (3000 long) at each end expanded 100mm proud. Bottom 18mm 3-ply with lengthwise V-grooves, boards staggered so adjoining-panel joints never align; 140x45 central LVL spline flush with the foam; 140mm phenolic core inset 37.5mm; blue WPM over the 18mm top ply. Parametric build123d. Drag to rotate, scroll to zoom.

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending. Option A (baseline): conventional engineered timber design, composite action not relied upon, to AS 1720.1, AS/NZS 1170 series, AS 4055, with AS 1684 as the framing reference. Option B (PS): full composite capacity demonstrated by Tests A & B plus engineering per A2G2(4) and Eurocode 5. H1P1/H1P2.
Firenot applicable. CP is never installed as a fire-separating ceiling/floor between separate attached dwellings, so the H3P1 party-element fire requirement (AS 1530.4 FRL) is not triggered; standard Class 1 fire provisions apply. Phenolic foam flammability declared at material level (AS 1530.2).
Acousticnot applicable. CP is never a separating floor/ceiling between separate attached dwellings, so the party-element acoustic requirements (AS/NZS ISO 10140, AS/NZS ISO 717.1/717.2, Rw + Ctr) are not triggered.
ThermalWhole-element R not mapped at part level (system attribute). Phenolic foam core material R declared to AS/NZS 4859.1 (material declaration only).
Connectionsengineer-pending. CN-010 ceiling-to-top-plate connector fixes the cassette to the wall top plate. Panel-to-panel: 140x75 E13 LVL joining joist glued and fixed in the inter-panel slot; 140x35 E13 LVL end trimmer at each end. Connection capacities and fastener schedule by engineer-of-record (AS 1720.5, AS 3566, AS/NZS 1559).
TolerancesSame triad as the wall SIP: design gap between panels 1.5mm; manufacture plus or minus 1.5mm; installation plus or minus 3.0mm.

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC). All components (CLT soffit, LVL spline/joining joists/end trimmer, phenolic foam, structural plywood, WPM, adhesives, fasteners) need supplier DoCs.

Platform / Files (digital twin)

aurora-kit-of-parts/parts/150_ceiling_cassette/

File typeFiles
build123d / IFC scriptscp.py, cp_assembly.py
STEPCP-001_assembly_exploded.step, CP-001_cassette_5400.step
GLB (web viewer)CP-001_assembly_exploded.glb, CP-001_cassette_5400.glb

1. Part Summary

The single record for this type. Feeds the MasterData workbook and the Specification Book part sheet.

Attribute Detail
Type ID CP
Part name Hybrid Timber Ceiling Cassette
Category Ceiling/Floor Cassette (Cost Code 150)
NCC class Class 1a (flat ceiling/floor cassette, non-separating)
Covers CP-001
Description Prefabricated flat ceiling/floor cassette mirroring the Aurora wall SIP construction. Spans wall top plate to wall top plate. Never a separating floor/ceiling between separate attached dwellings, so no fire-separating or acoustic party-element duty; standard Class 1 provisions apply.
Components / materials 18mm 3-ply CLT soffit (room face, with V-grooves running parallel to the panel length); 140x45 E13 LVL central structural spline (laminated in, runs the length, stops flush with the foam at both ends); 140mm closed-cell phenolic foam core either side of the spline, inset 37.5mm from all four edges; 18mm structural plywood top skin; vapour-permeable membrane (WPM) over the top ply. On-site jointing: 140x75 E13 LVL joining joist glued into the 75mm slot the two 37.5mm panel-edge voids form between butted panels (pre-cut to the foam-core length); 140x35 E13 LVL end trimmer (3000 long) recessed into each panel end against the foam and spline. Factory PUR lamination adhesive; site structural adhesive LOCTITE HB S029 PURBOND (same as the wall SIP).
Manufacture process Factory-laminated cassette; 3-ply CLT soffit and structural ply skin bonded each face of the spline+foam core; both skin layers built from 2698.50 x 998.50 boards (2700 grid minus 1.5mm) laid along the length with 1.5mm gaps; the top ply board joints are offset from the bottom 3-ply joints so no joint runs through the full thickness; panels cut to grid with a 1.5mm design gap.
Dimensions Overall thickness 176.5mm (18mm 3-ply CLT + 140mm core + 18mm ply + 0.5mm WPM). Width 998.5mm (1000mm grid, manufactured = grid minus 1.5mm). Length project-dependent up to 11800mm. Display panel modelled at 5398.5 x 998.5 x 176.5.
Tolerances Design gap between panels 1.5mm. Manufacture +/-1.5mm. Installation +/-3.0mm. Identical triad to the wall SIP.
Weight Approx 35 kg/m2 indicative; confirm by selected manufacturer.
Connections CN-010 ceiling-to-top-plate fixes the cassette to the wall top plate. Panel-to-panel: 140x75 E13 LVL joining joist glued and fixed in the inter-panel slot; 140x35 E13 LVL end trimmer at each end. Fastener centres and capacities by structural engineer (AS 1720.5, AS 3566, AS/NZS 1559).
Structural options Option A (Phase 1 baseline) conventional engineered timber design, composite action NOT relied upon (AS 1720.1, AS/NZS 1170, AS 4055, AS 1684 framing reference). Option B (Performance Solution) full composite capacity demonstrated by structural Tests A & B plus engineering per A2G2(4) and Eurocode 5.
Finish Room face is the 3-ply CLT soffit with the decorative V-groove; factory sealer/finish. Top face WPM. No NCC compliance duty for a Class 1a internal finish.
Manufacturer Warranty 10 years

Build sequence (site): 1. Set out and check the wall top plates. 2. Place each ceiling cassette onto the top plates (room face down) per CN-010. 3. Glue and insert the 140x75 LVL joining joist into the slot between adjacent panels. 4. Glue and fix the 140x35 LVL end trimmers into the recess at each panel end. 5. Fix the cassettes down to the top plates per the engineer's schedule. 6. Complete temporary propping as required.

2. Part Images

Source: Aurora KoP Specification Book (2026.03.25). Parametric build123d renders of the modelled cassette and its on-site jointing.

CP-001 ceiling cassette 3/4 view showing room-face V-grooves, phenolic core edge, and LVL spline end
CP-001 ceiling cassette: room-face 3-ply CLT soffit with V-grooves, visible phenolic core and central LVL spline.
End-on cross-section of the CP-001 cassette showing the 18mm 3-ply CLT bottom skin, 140mm phenolic foam core, central 140x45 LVL spline, and 18mm structural ply top skin with WPM
Cassette build-up: 18mm 3-ply CLT soffit, phenolic core each side of the LVL spline, structural ply top skin.
Room face (soffit) of the CP-001 cassette showing lengthwise V-grooves and staggered 3-ply board joints
Room face detail: 3-ply CLT soffit with V-grooves and board joints.
Exploded assembly of three CP-001 cassettes showing the 140x75 LVL joining joists and 140x35 LVL end trimmers
On-site jointing: three cassettes with 140x75 LVL joining joists and 140x35 LVL end trimmers.

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
Structural A Always H1P1/H1P2 No -- no AS 1684 prescriptive table covers the cassette assembly. N/A Engineer design to AS 1720.1, AS/NZS 1170, AS 4055, and AS 1684 framing rules; composite action not relied upon. AS 1720.1, AS/NZS 1170 series, AS 4055, AS 1684 (conventional framing reference) Engineer's structural calculations, design certificate.
Structural B Always H1P1/H1P2 No N/A Performance Solution via structural testing (Tests A & B) and engineering to demonstrate full composite capacity, per A2G2(4) and V2/V3. AS 1720.1, AS/NZS 1170, AS 4055, Eurocode 5 (composite design) Test reports (A, B), engineering analysis, design certificate.
Material -- Timber components (CLT soffit, LVL spline, joining joist, end trimmer, plywood) Both A+B Always A5G3 (evidence of suitability) Yes A5G3 -- evidence of suitability for materials and components. N/A AS/NZS 4357 (LVL), AS/NZS 2269 (structural plywood), EN 16351 (CLT reference), AS/NZS 1748 (grading), AS/NZS 4266.2 (formaldehyde) Supplier declarations of conformity, product technical statements, formaldehyde emission class.
Material -- Phenolic foam core Both A+B Always A5G3 (evidence of suitability) Yes A5G3 -- evidence of suitability. N/A AS/NZS 4859.1 (declared R-value, material property only), AS 1530.2 (material flammability) Supplier DoC for closed-cell foam density, declared R-value, flammability classification to AS 1530.2.

Scope notes for this matrix: Thermal whole-element R-value is a system attribute and is not mapped at part level; the phenolic foam R-value is declared as a material property in Section 5 only, not as a compliance dimension. Termite management is a site-level barrier system and is scoped out. No external waterproofing/weather barrier dimension applies to this interior ceiling element; there is no WRD/water-control layer dimension. Fire-separating and acoustic separating-element requirements are not applicable.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

Each compliance dimension is mapped below in a six-step chain: NCC entry point, Performance Requirement, the applicable Pathway (DTS or Performance Solution), Australian Standards, Evidence (Design-Manufacture-Construct), and Certifications. Conditional dimensions carry an applicability pill (the chain-row__applies element) stating when the requirement is triggered.

4A. Option A -- DTS / Baseline Pathway

4A.1
Structural adequacy -- conventional baseline
Option A | PS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1P1/H1P2
Structural adequacy and stability under dead, live, wind and earthquake actions
PS Pathway
Engineered timber design
Design to AS 1720.1, AS/NZS 1170 series, AS 4055, and conventional framing rules per AS 1684. Composite action with phenolic foam not relied upon; standard LVL spline beam and plywood diaphragm analysis.
AS Standards
  • AS 1720.1
  • AS/NZS 1170 series
  • AS 4055
  • AS 1684 (ref)
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: engineer design + calcs
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.2
Material Register
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
A5G3
Evidence of suitability for materials and components
DTS Pathway
Evidence of suitability
Compliance with A5G3 via product technical statements, supplier declarations, and recognised industry standards for all materials: timber components, phenolic foam, vapour-permeable membrane, and fasteners.
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4357 (LVL)
  • AS/NZS 2269 (plywood)
  • EN 16351 (CLT ref)
  • AS/NZS 1748 (grading)
  • AS/NZS 4266.2 (formaldehyde)
  • AS/NZS 4859.1 (phenolic foam R)
  • AS 1530.2 (phenolic foam flammability)
  • AS 4200.1 (vapour-permeable membrane)
  • AS 1720.5 / AS 3566 / AS/NZS 1559 (fasteners)
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + materials spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4B. Option B -- Performance Solution Pathway

4B.1
Structural composite adequacy
Option B | PS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1P1/H1P2
Structural adequacy and stability under dead, live, wind and earthquake actions
PS Pathway
Composite structural Performance Solution
Design via full composite capacity (CLT, LVL spline, phenolic foam, plywood) demonstrated by structural testing (Tests A & B) and engineering per A2G2(4) with Eurocode 5 supplementary methods.
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 1170 series
  • AS 4055
  • AS 1720.1
  • Eurocode 5
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: engineer design + composite test calc
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.2
Material Register -- composite assembly
Option B | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
A5G3
Evidence of suitability for materials and components
DTS Pathway
Evidence of suitability
Compliance with A5G3 via product technical statements, supplier declarations, and recognised standards for all composite materials (CLT, LVL, plywood, phenolic foam, membrane, fasteners).
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4357
  • AS/NZS 2269
  • EN 16351
  • AS/NZS 1748
  • AS/NZS 4266.2
  • AS/NZS 4859.1
  • AS 1530.2
  • AS 4200.1
  • AS 1720.5 / AS 3566 / AS/NZS 1559
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + materials spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Compliance and Evidence Register

The full set of compliance and evidence documents this part needs, by category. These are obtained progressively, most at final supplier selection and engineer appointment. Status TBC means the document is identified and scoped, to be collected.

Category Evidence / document required Detail Status
Design - Structure Engineered timber design (Option A) Frame layout, connection design to AS 1720.1 / AS 1684; ceiling-to-top-plate (CN-010) and joining-joist fixing schedule by engineer TBC
Design - Structure Engineer-of-record A5G3 certificate (site-glued connection) Certifies the site-glued primary structural joint; backed by Henkel site-conditions data TBC
Design - Structure Composite structural calculation set (Option B) V3 calculation, Eurocode 5, supporting Tests A & B TBC
Design - Structure Span and deflection limits by engineer Deflection criteria for ceiling cassette under dead + live loads TBC
Design - Structure State NCC variation review Any state amendment affecting Class 1a ceiling cassettes TBC
Design - Durability Durability/accelerated-ageing test (Test J) Test per AS/NZS 4364 or equivalent, validating adhesive bond ageing TBC
Design - Durability Interstitial condensation assessment Condensation risk assessment for the phenolic core in a ceiling environment TBC
Design - Regulatory Whole-element thermal R/U target Engineer-pending, NatHERS or elemental pathway; AS/NZS 4859.1 declares foam material R only TBC
Manufacture - Material 18mm 3-ply CLT soffit DoC AS/NZS 4357, EN 16351 ref, AS/NZS 1748, AS/NZS 4266.2 TBC
Manufacture - Material 18mm structural plywood DoC AS/NZS 2269, AS/NZS 1748, AS/NZS 4266.2 TBC
Manufacture - Material 140mm closed-cell phenolic foam DoC Density, closed-cell content, declared R-value (AS/NZS 4859.1), flammability (AS 1530.2) TBC
Manufacture - Material E13 LVL spline / joining joist / end trimmer grading AS/NZS 4357, AS/NZS 1748 TBC
Manufacture - Material Vapour-permeable membrane (WPM) supplier data Product technical statement for top-facing WPM TBC
Manufacture - Material Factory lamination adhesive TDS PUR adhesive bonding skins to spline+foam TBC
Manufacture - Material Site adhesive TDS + Henkel site-gluing data package LOCTITE HB S029 PURBOND (AS/NZS 4364); EN 15425 Type I is factory-only TBC
Manufacture - Material Fastener DoC Nails/screws load and corrosion (AS 1720.5, AS 3566, AS/NZS 1559) TBC
Manufacture - Process/QA Factory lamination QA / ITP Bond, press, cut, finish quality records and photo evidence TBC
Manufacture - Process/QA Composite adhesive bond durability test (Test J, AS/NZS 4364) Bond ageing protocol for the cassette lamination TBC
Installation - Fixings Composite structural Tests A & B (Option B) ASTM E72 / ASTM E564 / AS 1720.1 tests validating composite panel capacities TBC
Installation - Fixings Joining-joist and end-trimmer glue + fix protocol HB S029 application, curing, 1.5mm gap control TBC
Installation - Fixings Ceiling-to-top-plate (CN-010) fixing method Fastener type, pattern, and installation sequence TBC
Installation - Fixings Fastener selection and pattern by engineer Nail/screw type, spacing, edge distances per AS 1720.5 TBC
Installation - Fixings Install QA / ITP photo evidence Set-out, panel placement, jointing, fixing, propping TBC

Standards note: Spec Book currently cites structural AS 1720.1 / AS/NZS 1170 / AS 4055 / AS 1684; material AS/NZS 4357 / AS/NZS 2269 / EN 16351 / AS/NZS 1748 / AS/NZS 4266.2 / AS/NZS 4859.1 / AS 1530.2 (foam flammability, material property only); adhesive AS/NZS 4364; fasteners AS 1720.5 / AS 3566 / AS/NZS 1559. Thermal R is a system attribute; no external weatherproofing, no BAL, and no fire-separating or acoustic party-element requirement (the cassette is never installed between separate attached dwellings).

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

200 CL-MF Metal Faced Cladding SIP

3D viewer omitted in lightweight link
3D Profile
CL-MF recessed metal-faced cladding SIP: 51.2mm locked build-up, five 20 x 10mm recesses at 199.7mm pitch across the 998.5mm panel cover. Drag to rotate, scroll to zoom.
3D viewer omitted in lightweight link
3D Profile
CL-MF shiplap metal-faced cladding SIP: 51.2mm locked build-up, seven trapezoid recesses at 142.643mm pitch across the 998.5mm panel cover. Drag to rotate, scroll to zoom.

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending. Non-loadbearing decorative rain-screen; concealed-fix wind-load fixing to the wall designed by engineer-of-record (A5G3) to AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2, panel wind-pressure test AS/NZS 4040.2 (H1).
Fireengineer-pending. Bushfire construction to AS 3959 up to BAL-40 (DTS); PIR core is combustible, so BAL FZ and boundary fire-resisting wall (H3P1) are Performance Solutions via AS 1530.8.2 / AS 1530.4. PIR core flammability index declared to AS 1530.2.
AcousticNot applicable at the cladding layer (acoustic is a substrate/system attribute, not a cladding-part attribute).
ThermalNot mapped at part level (whole-wall R-value is a substrate/system attribute; thermal is scoped out for this cladding layer).
ConnectionsMetal-faced panels key to the shared locked SIP key joint; steel face wraps the panel side and laps into the adjoining panel corner recess so steel meets steel at the joint; one concealed-fix void per joint. Rain-screen over WRB; wind-load fixings transfer cladding load back to the wall.
TolerancesRecess pitch set so modules align exactly to the 998.5mm panel: key joint clash 0.000mm, gap 0.000mm, one concealed-fix void, recess continuous across the panel joint. Manufacture and install tolerances by the selected manufacturer.

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC). Coated steel, PIR foam, steel back skin, WRB and fixings all need supplier DoCs.

Platform / Files (digital twin)

aurora-kit-of-parts/parts/200_wall_cladding_sip/

File typeFiles
build123d / IFC scripts_build_mf.py, wall_cladding_sip_ifc.py
STEPCL-MF-001_recessed_3600.step, CL-MF-001_shiplap_3600.step
GLB (web viewer)CL-MF-001_recessed_3600.glb, CL-MF-001_shiplap_3600.glb
IFCCL-MF-001_recessed_3600.ifc, CL-MF-001_shiplap_3600.ifc
attributes.jsonCL-MF-001_recessed_attributes.json, CL-MF-001_shiplap_attributes.json

1. Part Summary

The single record for this type. Feeds the MasterData workbook and the Specification Book part sheet.

Attribute Detail
Type ID CL-MF
Part name Metal-Faced Cladding SIP
Category Wall Cladding (Cost Code 200)
NCC class Class 1a
Covers (2 variants) CL-001 and CL-002, the two locked metal-faced variants: Recessed (5 rectangular recesses, 199.7mm cover pitch) and Shiplap (7 symmetric trapezoid recesses, 142.643mm cover pitch).
Description Profiled coated-steel faced SIP installed as a drained/ventilated decorative rain-screen over the structural external wall (WP-EXT) and its vapour-permeable WRB. Non-loadbearing. The profiled metal face is the architectural finish and the wind-load skin; the weather barrier is the WRB and the wall panel behind, not the metal face. The metal face wraps down the panel side at both ends to the rebate floor and laps into the adjoining panel's corner recess, so the steel meets steel across the panel joint. The Recessed variant runs five modules to a panel; the Shiplap variant runs seven modules to a panel; the recess lands on every panel joint.
Components / materials 0.566mm profiled coated-steel face (steel substrate to AS 1397, coating/prefinish to AS 2728) pressed over 10mm of closed-cell PIR foam, on the locked SIP key (40mm closed-cell PIR foam core plus a 0.6mm steel back skin inset within the 41.2mm key). Vapour-permeable WRB behind the rain-screen (on WP-EXT) is the primary water-control layer.
Manufacture process Profiled coated-steel face roll-formed and pressed into the foam recesses; bonded to the foam over the locked SIP key. SIP key built to the locked base section, never re-opened. Recesses pressed to the variant pattern (Recessed: 20 wide x 10 deep; Shiplap: trapezoid top 10 to floor 5, depth 4.7).
Dimensions Finished base 51.2mm (41.2mm locked SIP key + 10mm foam + 0.566mm profiled steel face). Foam core 50mm total (40mm in the key + 10mm top). Panel face cover 998.5mm, length 3600mm. Recessed variant: 5 recesses 20 x 10 at 199.7mm pitch. Shiplap variant: 7 recesses (top 10 / floor 5 / depth 4.7, ~28 degree walls) at 142.643mm pitch (998.5 / 7). Steel face 0.566mm; steel back skin 0.6mm.
Tolerances Recess pitch set so modules align exactly to the 998.5 panel (clash 0.000mm, gap 0.000mm at the key joint), one concealed-fix void, recess continuous across the panel joint. Manufacture and install tolerances by the selected manufacturer.
Weight Per-linear-metre weights TBC (request from the manufacturer for handling and shipping).
Connections Metal-faced panels keyed to the shared locked SIP key joint (clash 0.000mm, gap 0.000mm); the steel face wraps the panel side and laps into the adjoining panel's corner recess so steel meets steel at the joint; one concealed-fix void per joint. Rain-screen over a vapour-permeable WRB on WP-EXT; wind-load fixings transfer cladding load back to the wall.
Structural options Non-loadbearing rain-screen. Wind-load fixing design to the wall is engineer-of-record scope (AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2, AS/NZS 4040.2; engineer A5G3 structural report).
Finish Coated/prefinished steel (Colorbond-style); coating durability declared to AS 2728 over steel substrate to AS 1397.
Manufacturer Warranty Extended warranties (term by selected manufacturer).

Build sequence (site): 1. Set and key the SIP panels to the locked base joint, maintaining the vapour-permeable WRB laps on WP-EXT behind the rain-screen as the weather barrier. 2. Locate each metal-faced panel so its recess lands on the panel joint, five modules per panel (Recessed) or seven per panel (Shiplap). 3. Lap the wrapped steel face end into the adjoining panel's corner recess so steel meets steel across the joint. 4. Form the concealed-fix at each joint void. 5. Fix to the engineer wind-load detail, transferring cladding load back to the wall behind a drained/ventilated cavity.

2. Part Images

Source: Aurora parametric build123d two-panel renders (locked geometry, Adam-approved 2026-06-19). Each render shows TWO metal-faced SIPs connected, proving the key mate plus the wrapped-steel lap across the panel joint. The 3D model at the top of this tab is the interactive view; these sections show the keyed joint the viewer cannot.

CL-MF Recessed: two metal-faced SIPs connected on the locked key, joint zoom showing key mate and wrapped-steel lap into the corner recess
Recessed: two SIPs keyed, joint zoom, 5 recesses (20 x 10) to the 998.5 panel at 199.7 pitch, recess on the joint.
CL-MF Shiplap: two metal-faced SIPs connected on the locked key, symmetric trapezoid recess across the joint
Shiplap: two SIPs keyed, 7 symmetric trapezoid recesses (top 10 / floor 5 / depth 4.7) to the 998.5 panel at 142.64 pitch.

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
Weatherproofing (rain-screen) Option A Always H2P2 YES WRB pliable building membrane to AS/NZS 4200.1, installed per AS/NZS 4200.2, as the primary water-control layer behind a drained/ventilated cavity, per H2P2 via Housing Provisions 10.8.1 / F8D3 (clause-rag-verify-pending). N/A (DTS) AS/NZS 4200.1, AS/NZS 4200.2, AS 1530.2 WRB DoC, drained-cavity junction detail, design documents declaring the metal-faced decorative/architectural overcladding, installation record photos
Weatherproofing (optional upgrade) Option B Always (optional higher-assurance / CodeMark) H2P2 NO (optional Performance Solution) N/A Full-assembly weathertightness Test E to AS/NZS 4284, Verification Method V2 (not required for DTS). AS/NZS 4284, AS/NZS 4200.1, AS/NZS 4200.2, AS 1530.2 Test E report, WRB DoC, assembly junction drawings
Wind-load fixing Option A Always H1 YES Wind-load design to AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2; concealed-fix design to the SIP per AS/NZS 4040.2; engineer A5G3 structural report on the concealed-fix-to-SIP assembly (non-standard connection). N/A (DTS) AS 4055, AS/NZS 1170.2, AS/NZS 4040.2 Fixing design signed by engineer-of-record (A5G3 report), wind calculation, installation QA
Durability Option A Always H7 YES Coated-steel face and prefinish to AS 2728 over steel substrate AS 1397; concealed-fastener corrosion protection to AS 3566 / AS/NZS 1559; extended warranties (term by selected manufacturer). N/A (DTS) AS 1397, AS 2728, AS 3566, AS/NZS 1559 Material supplier DoCs, coated-steel cert, extended warranty documentation
Durability Option B Always H7 NO (optional PS) N/A Assembly bond/coating durability Test J to AS/NZS 4364, Verification Method V2. AS 2728, AS/NZS 4364 Test J report, supplier DoCs, accelerated weathering data
Bushfire BAL Option A Conditional: site is in a designated bushfire-prone area (BAL 12.5 to BAL 40) H7 YES (up to BAL-40) Construction schedule per AS 3959 up to BAL-40; the coated-steel face is non-combustible at the facing but the PIR foam core is combustible; material screening and ember-proofing as required. For BAL FZ, use Option B (Performance Solution). N/A for BAL FZ (use Option B). AS 3959 BAL assessment report, construction schedule, material compliance certificates
Bushfire BAL (BAL FZ) Option B Conditional: site is in a designated bushfire-prone area and requires BAL FZ H7 NO N/A Full assembly radiant-heat test to AS 1530.8.2 (system-level) for BAL FZ, plus AS 1530.4 as required; design per AS 3959 with tested system, Verification Method V2. AS 3959, AS 1530.4, AS 1530.8.2 Test F report (AS 1530.8.2), BAL assessment, engineering certification
Fire-resisting external wall Option B Conditional: cladding is within 900mm of a boundary other than a road, or within 1.8m of another building on the same allotment H3P1 NO N/A Test assembly to AS 1530.4 for required FRL, Verification Method V2; boundary detail fire-rated design. AS 1530.4 Test F report, boundary detail drawings, fire engineer certification
Material composition Option A Always H1, H7 YES Profiled coated-steel face (steel substrate to AS 1397, coating/prefinish to AS 2728); closed-cell PIR foam core (flammability index to AS 1530.2); 0.6mm steel back skin (AS 1397); concealed fixings (AS 3566 / AS/NZS 1559); vapour-permeable WRB (AS/NZS 4200.1/.2, AS 1530.2). Consolidate into a Product Technical Statement. N/A (DTS) AS 1397, AS 2728, AS 1530.2, AS 3566, AS/NZS 1559, AS/NZS 4200.1, AS/NZS 4200.2 Material supplier DoCs, Product Technical Statement

Scope notes for this matrix: thermal whole-wall R-value and termite are scoped out of this part-level map; acoustic is a substrate/system attribute, not a cladding-layer attribute; AS 4654 wet-area/balcony membranes are not triggered unless a balcony or planter detail abuts the cladding assembly. For Class 1 there is no general non-combustibility requirement for the external wall; the PIR foam core flammability index is declared to AS 1530.2 at material level.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

4A. Option A -- DTS Pathway

4A.1
Weatherproofing DTS
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2P2
External walls shall be protected from water penetration.
DTS Pathway
WRB membrane + drained cavity
Profiled coated-steel face as drained/ventilated decorative overcladding; vapour-permeable WRB per AS/NZS 4200.1/.2 installed per AS/NZS 4200.2 is the primary water-control layer; WRB reaction to fire per AS 1530.2; Housing Provisions 10.8.1 / F8D3 (`clause-rag-verify-pending`).
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4200.1
  • AS/NZS 4200.2
  • AS 1530.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: drained/ventilated cavity + WRB spec + junctions
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.2
Wind-load fixing DTS
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1
Structure shall resist wind actions.
DTS Pathway
Wind load & concealed fixing
Wind loads to AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2; concealed-fix design to the SIP per AS/NZS 4040.2; engineer A5G3 structural report on concealed-fix-to-SIP assembly.
AS Standards
  • AS 4055
  • AS/NZS 1170.2
  • AS/NZS 4040.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: fixing design + wind calc + A5G3 report
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.3
Durability DTS
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Materials & components shall be durable for their intended life.
DTS Pathway
Coating & corrosion declarations
Coated-steel face and prefinish to AS 2728 over steel substrate AS 1397; concealed-fastener corrosion protection to AS 3566/AS/NZS 1559; extended warranties (term by selected manufacturer).
AS Standards
  • AS 1397
  • AS 2728
  • AS 3566
  • AS/NZS 1559
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: coated-steel spec + durability declaration
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.4
Material composition DTS
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1 + H7
Materials shall be fit for purpose and durable.
DTS Pathway
Component declarations
Profiled coated-steel face (steel substrate to AS 1397, coating/prefinish to AS 2728); closed-cell PIR foam core (flammability index to AS 1530.2); 0.6mm steel back skin (AS 1397); concealed fixings (AS 3566/AS/NZS 1559); WRB (AS/NZS 4200.1/.2, AS 1530.2). Consolidate into Product Technical Statement.
AS Standards
  • AS 1397
  • AS 2728
  • AS 1530.2
  • AS 3566
  • AS/NZS 1559
  • AS/NZS 4200.1
  • AS/NZS 4200.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + materials spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.5
Bushfire BAL DTS
Option A | DTS
site is in a designated bushfire-prone area (BAL 12.5 to BAL 40)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Construction in bushfire-prone areas shall reduce risk.
DTS Pathway
AS 3959 up to BAL-40
Cladding system built to AS 3959 up to BAL-40; the coated-steel face is non-combustible at the facing but the PIR foam core is combustible; material screening and ember-proofing as required. BAL FZ requires Option B (Performance Solution).
AS Standards
  • AS 3959
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: BAL assessment + AS 3959 schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4B. Option B -- Performance Solution Pathway

4B.1
Weatherproofing full assembly PS (optional)
Option B | PS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2P2
External walls shall be protected from water penetration.
PS Pathway
Test E weathertightness (optional higher-assurance / CodeMark upgrade)
Full assembly weathertightness test per AS/NZS 4284, Verification Method V2; not required for DTS compliance.
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4284
  • AS/NZS 4200.1
  • AS/NZS 4200.2
  • AS 1530.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: full assembly weathertightness test design + AS/NZS 4284 Test E spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.2
Bushfire BAL FZ PS
Option B | PS
site is in a designated bushfire-prone area and requires BAL FZ
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Construction in bushfire-prone areas shall reduce risk.
PS Pathway
Test F bushfire BAL FZ
System-level radiant-heat test to AS 1530.8.2 for BAL FZ; design per AS 3959 with tested assembly, Verification Method V2.
AS Standards
  • AS 3959
  • AS 1530.4
  • AS 1530.8.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: BAL FZ assessment + AS 1530.8.2 test plan
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.3
Fire-resisting external wall PS
Option B | PS
cladding is within 900mm of a boundary other than a road, or within 1.8m of another building on the same allotment
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H3P1
External walls near boundaries shall limit fire spread.
PS Pathway
Test F fire resistance
Test assembly to AS 1530.4 for the required FRL, Verification Method V2; boundary detail fire-rated design.
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: fire-rated wall design + boundary detail + AS 1530.4 test plan
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.4
Durability bond PS
Option B | PS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Materials & components shall be durable for their intended life.
PS Pathway
Test J bond durability
Assembly bond/coating durability test to AS/NZS 4364, Verification Method V2; supports extended warranties (term by selected manufacturer).
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4364
  • AS 2728
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: bond durability test plan + AS/NZS 4364 Test J spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Compliance and Evidence Register

The full set of compliance and evidence documents this type needs, by category. These are obtained progressively, most at final supplier selection and engineer appointment. Status TBC means the document is identified and scoped, to be collected.

Category Evidence / document required Detail Status
Design - Waterproofing WRB DoC to AS/NZS 4200.1/.2 as the primary weather barrier Vapour-permeable WRB on WP-EXT tested to AS/NZS 4200.1, installed per AS/NZS 4200.2; reaction-to-fire AS 1530.2. TBC
Design - Waterproofing Drained/ventilated cavity junction detail Drawings proving the cavity behind the metal-faced overcladding is drained and ventilated, with WRB continuity. TBC
Design - Waterproofing Design documents declaring the metal-faced panel decorative/architectural overcladding Specification or design report explicitly stating the profiled coated-steel faced SIP is an architectural rain-screen, not the weather barrier. TBC
Manufacture - Material Coated-steel face DoC + coating certificate + Product Technical Statement Steel substrate declared to AS 1397, coating/prefinish to AS 2728; covers both Recessed and Shiplap variants. TBC
Manufacture - Material PIR foam core DoC incl flammability AS 1530.2 Closed-cell PIR foam core (10mm top + 40mm in the key) and 0.6mm steel back skin; foam flammability index declared. TBC
Manufacture - Material Concealed-fix load + corrosion protection DoCs Fasteners and concealed clips to AS 3566 / AS/NZS 1559; corrosion resistance evidence. TBC
Design - Structure Engineer A5G3 wind-fixing report (AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2 / AS/NZS 4040.2) Structural assessment of the concealed-fix-to-SIP assembly; wind calculations; design certificate. TBC
Design - Fire BAL assessment AS 3959 plus Test F (AS 1530.8.2 / AS 1530.4) for BAL-FZ and boundary FRL as Phase 2 Bushfire DTS up to BAL-40 with the non-combustible steel face; the PIR core is combustible, so BAL-FZ and boundary fire-resisting wall options go via Performance Solution testing. Phase 2 test plan and reports. TBC
Manufacture - Material Per-linear-metre weight data Both metal-faced variants, for handling and shipping. TBC
Design - Regulatory NCC clause RAG grounding including verify-pending weatherproofing clause H2P2 via Housing Provisions 10.8.1 / F8D3 (clause-rag-verify-pending); H1 wind; H7 durability and BAL; H3P1 boundary fire. Full clause traceability to be completed. TBC
Design - Regulatory Reconcile BUILD_REGISTER variant labels to the locked geometry BUILD_REGISTER currently lists CL-001 Standing Seam 75mm PIR / CL-002 Recessed 100mm PIR; the Adam-approved locked geometry (2026-06-19) is a 51.2mm metal-faced SIP with Recessed (5 x 199.7) and Shiplap (7 x 142.64) variants. Update the register to the locked geometry. ACTION
Installation - Fixings Cladding set-out + lap + concealed-fix install QA Modules set five (Recessed) or seven (Shiplap) to a panel, recess on every joint, wrapped-steel end lapped into the corner recess, concealed-fix void formed, wind fixings to the engineer detail. TBC
Manufacture - Process/QA Roll-form + coating QA / ITP photo evidence Section quality, dimensional conformity (199.7 / 142.643 pitch, recess geometry, 0.000mm key clash), coating film records. TBC
ACTION ABCB helpdesk confirmation that the WRB-membrane DTS weatherproofing route (Housing Provisions 10.8.1 / F8D3) applies to a metal-faced SIP substrate, before certification lodgement. Required confirmation before final compliance signoff. ACTION

Standards note: AS 1562.1 does not carry weatherproofing for this type (the ABCB 2023 advisory excludes composite/laminated metal wall systems and states the standard only partially applies to metal-faced SIPs and does not cover their material specs). Thermal whole-wall R-value and acoustic are substrate/system attributes, not cladding-layer attributes. AS 4654 wet-area membranes are not triggered unless a balcony or planter detail abuts the cladding assembly.

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

200 CL-AL Aluminium Extruded Cladding SIP

3D viewer omitted in lightweight link
3D Profile
N200 Shiplap aluminium cladding profile (1.5mm powder-coated aluminium), 199.7mm cover, five modules per 998.5mm panel. 300mm display extrusion of the locked section. Drag to rotate, scroll to zoom.
3D viewer omitted in lightweight link
3D Profile
E200 aluminium cladding profile (1.5mm powder-coated aluminium), 199.7mm cover, five modules per 998.5mm panel. 300mm display extrusion of the locked section. Drag to rotate, scroll to zoom.
3D viewer omitted in lightweight link
3D Profile
SS200 Standing Seam aluminium cladding profile (1.5mm powder-coated aluminium), standing seam proud of the face (76.05mm overall at the panel). 300mm display extrusion of the locked section. Drag to rotate, scroll to zoom.

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending. Non-loadbearing decorative overcladding; concealed-fix wind-load fixing to the SIP designed by engineer-of-record (A5G3) to AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2, panel wind-pressure test AS/NZS 4040.2 (H1).
Fireengineer-pending. Bushfire construction to AS 3959 up to the assessed BAL (DTS); BAL FZ and the boundary fire-resisting wall (H3P1) are Performance Solutions via Test F to AS 1530.8.2 / AS 1530.4. Foam flammability index declared to AS 1530.2.
AcousticNot applicable at the cladding layer (acoustic is a wall-panel / party-wall system attribute, not a cladding-part attribute).
ThermalNot mapped at part level (whole-wall R-value is a substrate/system attribute; AS/NZS 4859.1 applies to the SIP, not the cladding layer).
ConnectionsCladding modules interlock male-to-female across the SIP key face, one concealed-fix void per panel joint; the seam (shiplap reveal or standing seam) lands on every panel joint. Rain-screen over a vapour-permeable WRB; wind-load fixings transfer cladding load back to the SIP. Key joint clash 0.000mm, gap 0.000mm.
TolerancesModule cover narrowed 0.3mm (200 to 199.7) so five align exactly to the 998.5mm panel: cladding-to-panel mismatch 0.00mm per panel. Key joint clash 0.000mm, gap 0.000mm, one concealed-fix void. Manufacture and install tolerances by the selected manufacturer.

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC). Aluminium extrusion + powder-coat, SIP core + steel skins, WRB and fixings all need supplier DoCs.

Platform / Files (digital twin)

aurora-kit-of-parts/parts/200_wall_cladding_sip/

File typeFiles
build123d / IFC scriptsCL-AL-002_E200.py, CL-AL-003_SS200.py, n143.py, n200.py
STEPCL-AL-001_N143_shiplap_1000.step, CL-AL-001_N200_shiplap_1000.step, CL-AL-002_E200.step, CL-AL-003_SS200.step, CL-SIP-001_cladE200_3600.step, CL-SIP-001_cladN143_3600.step, CL-SIP-001_cladN200_3600.step, CL-SIP-001_cladSS200_3600.step
GLB (web viewer)CL-AL-001_N143_shiplap_1000.glb, CL-AL-001_N200_shiplap_1000.glb, CL-AL-002_E200.glb, CL-AL-003_SS200.glb, CL-SIP-001_cladE200_3600.glb, CL-SIP-001_cladN143_3600.glb, CL-SIP-001_cladN200_3600.glb, CL-SIP-001_cladSS200_3600.glb
IFCCL-AL-001_N143_shiplap.ifc, CL-AL-001_N200_shiplap.ifc, CL-AL-002_E200.ifc, CL-AL-003_SS200.ifc
attributes.jsonCL-AL-001_N143_attributes.json, CL-AL-001_N200_attributes.json, CL-AL-002_E200_attributes.json, CL-AL-003_SS200_attributes.json

1. Part Summary

The single record for this type. Feeds the MasterData workbook and the Specification Book part sheet.

Attribute Detail
Type ID CL-AL
Part name Aluminium Extruded Cladding SIP
Category Wall Cladding (Cost Code 200)
NCC class Class 1a
Covers (4 variants) CL-AL-001 N200 Shiplap, CL-AL-002 E200, CL-AL-003 SS200 Standing Seam, CL-AL-001 N143 Shiplap (142.64 cover variant of N200)
Description Powder-coated extruded aluminium decorative, drained/ventilated overcladding over a structural SIP panel; the weather barrier is the vapour-permeable WRB and the SIP panel skins, not the aluminium. The aluminium modules interlock male-to-female across the panel face with one concealed-fix void at each panel joint; the cladding carries wind load back to the SIP through its fixings. Non-loadbearing. N200, E200 and SS200 run five modules to a panel; N143 is the 142.64 cover variant of N200 running seven modules to a panel. SS200 carries a standing seam proud of the face; N200, E200 and N143 are shiplap reveals.
Components / materials 1.5mm powder-coated extruded aluminium cladding modules (decorative overcladding) over the locked SIP key (40mm closed-cell phenolic foam core plus two 0.6mm steel skins inset within the 41.2mm key). The 10mm aluminium cladding zone sits directly on the 41.2mm key face. Vapour-permeable WRB behind the rain-screen is the primary water-control layer.
Manufacture process Extruded aluminium cladding modules, powder-coated, interlocked across the SIP key face; concealed-fix void formed at each panel joint. SIP key built to the locked base section, never re-opened.
Dimensions Finished base 51.2mm (41.2mm locked SIP key plus 10mm aluminium cladding zone). Panel face cover 998.5mm; module cover 199.7mm (N200, E200, SS200, five modules per panel) or 142.643mm (N143, seven modules per panel = 998.5). Aluminium wall 1.5mm. SS200 overall 76.05mm including the standing seam proud of the face. Panel length 3600mm.
Tolerances Module cover narrowed 0.3mm (200 to 199.7) so five align exactly to the 998.5 panel: cladding-to-panel mismatch 0.00mm per panel. Key joint clash 0.000mm, gap 0.000mm, one concealed-fix void. Manufacture and install tolerances by the selected manufacturer.
Weight Per-linear-metre weights TBC (request from the manufacturer for handling and shipping).
Connections Cladding modules interlock male-to-female across the SIP key face, one concealed-fix void per panel joint; the seam (shiplap reveal or standing seam) lands on every panel joint. Rain-screen over a vapour-permeable WRB; wind-load fixings transfer cladding load back to the SIP. Key joint mates with clash 0.000mm and gap 0.000mm.
Structural options Non-loadbearing rain-screen. Wind-load fixing design to the SIP is engineer-of-record scope (AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2, AS/NZS 4040.2; engineer A5G3 structural report).
Finish Powder-coated aluminium; powder-coat durability declared to AS 2728.
Manufacturer Warranty Extended warranties (term by selected manufacturer).

Build sequence (site): 1. Set and key the SIP panels to the locked base joint. 2. Interlock the aluminium cladding modules across each panel face, five per panel (N143: seven per panel), seam landing on every panel joint. 3. Form the concealed-fix at each joint void. 4. Maintain the vapour-permeable WRB laps behind the rain-screen as the weather barrier. 5. Fix to the engineer wind-load detail, transferring cladding load back to the SIP.

2. Part Images

Source: Aurora parametric build123d two-panel renders (locked geometry, 2026-06-19). Each render shows TWO SIPs connected, proving the key mate plus the cross-joint extrusion alignment. The 3D model at the top of this tab is the interactive view; these sections show the keyed joint the viewer cannot.

CL-AL N200 shiplap: two SIPs connected on the locked key, joint zoom showing key mate and 0.00mm cladding alignment
N200 Shiplap: two SIPs keyed, joint zoom, cladding run 998.5 = 5 x 199.7, 0.00mm mismatch per panel.
CL-AL E200: two SIPs connected on the locked key with joint zoom
E200: two SIPs keyed on the locked base, five modules to the 998.5 panel.
CL-AL SS200 standing seam: two SIPs connected on the locked key with joint zoom
SS200 Standing Seam: two SIPs keyed, standing seam proud of the face (76.05 overall).
CL-AL N143 shiplap: two modules connected at 142.64 cover, recess and interlock
N143 Shiplap: 142.64 cover variant, seven modules to the 998.5 panel, symmetric 45 degree recess.

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
Weatherproofing (rain-screen) Option A Always H2P2 YES WRB pliable building membrane to AS/NZS 4200.1, installed per AS/NZS 4200.2, as the primary water-control layer behind a drained/ventilated cavity, per H2P2 via Housing Provisions 10.8.1 / F8D3 (clause-rag-verify-pending). N/A (DTS) AS/NZS 4200.1, AS/NZS 4200.2, AS 1530.2 WRB DoC, drained-cavity junction detail, design documents declaring the aluminium decorative/architectural overcladding, installation record photos
Weatherproofing (optional upgrade) Option B Always (optional higher-assurance / CodeMark) H2P2 NO (optional Performance Solution) N/A Full-assembly weathertightness Test E to AS/NZS 4284, Verification Method V2 (not required for DTS). AS/NZS 4284, AS/NZS 4200.1, AS/NZS 4200.2, AS 1530.2 Test E report, WRB DoC, assembly junction drawings
Wind-load fixing Option A Always H1 YES Wind-load design to AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2; concealed-fix design to the SIP per AS/NZS 4040.2; engineer A5G3 structural report on the concealed-fix-to-SIP assembly (non-standard connection). N/A (DTS) AS 4055, AS/NZS 1170.2, AS/NZS 4040.2 Fixing design signed by engineer-of-record (A5G3 report), wind calculation, installation QA
Durability Option A Always H7 YES Powder-coat declaration to AS 2728; concealed-fastener corrosion protection to AS 3566 / AS/NZS 1559; extended warranties (term by selected manufacturer). N/A (DTS) AS 2728, AS 3566, AS/NZS 1559 Material supplier DoCs, coating certificate, extended warranty documentation
Durability Option B Always H7 NO (optional PS) N/A Assembly bond/coating durability Test J to AS/NZS 4364, Verification Method V2. AS 2728, AS/NZS 4364 Test J report, supplier DoCs, accelerated weathering data
Bushfire BAL Option A Conditional: site is in a designated bushfire-prone area (BAL 12.5 to BAL 40) H7 YES (up to BAL-40) Construction schedule per AS 3959 up to BAL-40; non-combustible aluminium face satisfies material-level requirements; material screening and ember-proofing as required. For BAL FZ, use Option B (Performance Solution). N/A for BAL FZ (use Option B). AS 3959 BAL assessment report, construction schedule, material compliance certificates
Bushfire BAL (BAL FZ) Option B Conditional: site is in a designated bushfire-prone area and requires BAL FZ H7 NO N/A Full assembly radiant-heat test to AS 1530.8.2 (system-level) for BAL FZ, plus AS 1530.4 as required; design per AS 3959 with tested system, Verification Method V2. AS 3959, AS 1530.4, AS 1530.8.2 Test F report (AS 1530.8.2), BAL assessment, engineering certification
Fire-resisting external wall Option B Conditional: cladding is within 900mm of a boundary other than a road, or within 1.8m of another building on the same allotment H3P1 NO N/A Test assembly to AS 1530.4 for required FRL, Verification Method V2; boundary detail fire-rated design. AS 1530.4 Test F report, boundary detail drawings, fire engineer certification
Material composition Option A Always H1, H7 YES Extruded aluminium cladding (AS 2728); SIP key (steel skins + phenolic foam core, foam flammability to AS 1530.2); concealed fixings (AS 3566 / AS/NZS 1559); WRB (AS/NZS 4200.1/.2, AS 1530.2). Consolidate into a Product Technical Statement. N/A (DTS) AS 2728, AS 1530.2, AS 3566, AS/NZS 1559, AS/NZS 4200.1, AS/NZS 4200.2 Material supplier DoCs, Product Technical Statement

Scope notes for this matrix: thermal whole-wall R-value and termite management are scoped out of this part-level compliance map; acoustic performance is a substrate attribute and not mapped here; AS 4654 wet-area/balcony membranes are not triggered unless a balcony or planter detail abuts the cladding assembly. For Class 1, there is no general non-combustibility requirement for the external wall (the non-combustibility mandate is a Volume One / Class 2-9 provision); the phenolic foam core flammability index is declared to AS 1530.2 at material level.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

4A. Option A -- DTS Pathway

4A.1
Weatherproofing DTS
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2P2
External walls shall be protected from water penetration.
DTS Pathway
WRB membrane + drained cavity
Aluminium as drained/ventilated decorative overcladding; vapour-permeable WRB per AS/NZS 4200.1/.2 installed per AS/NZS 4200.2 is the primary water-control layer; WRB reaction to fire per AS 1530.2; Housing Provisions 10.8.1 / F8D3 (`clause-rag-verify-pending`).
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4200.1
  • AS/NZS 4200.2
  • AS 1530.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: drained/ventilated cavity + WRB spec + junctions
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.2
Wind-load fixing DTS
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1
Structure shall resist wind actions.
DTS Pathway
Wind load & concealed fixing
Wind loads to AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2; concealed-fix design to the SIP per AS/NZS 4040.2; engineer A5G3 structural report on concealed-fix-to-SIP assembly.
AS Standards
  • AS 4055
  • AS/NZS 1170.2
  • AS/NZS 4040.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: fixing design + wind calc + A5G3 report
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.3
Durability DTS
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Materials & components shall be durable for their intended life.
DTS Pathway
Coating & corrosion declarations
Powder-coat to AS 2728; concealed-fastener corrosion protection to AS 3566/AS/NZS 1559; extended warranties (term by selected manufacturer).
AS Standards
  • AS 2728
  • AS 3566
  • AS/NZS 1559
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: powder-coat spec + durability declaration
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.4
Material composition DTS
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1 + H7
Materials shall be fit for purpose and durable.
DTS Pathway
Component declarations
Extruded aluminium cladding to AS 2728; SIP key (steel skins + phenolic foam core, foam flammability AS 1530.2); concealed fixings AS 3566/AS/NZS 1559; WRB to AS/NZS 4200.1/.2, AS 1530.2. Consolidated Product Technical Statement.
AS Standards
  • AS 2728
  • AS 1530.2
  • AS 3566
  • AS/NZS 1559
  • AS/NZS 4200.1
  • AS/NZS 4200.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + materials spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.5
Bushfire BAL DTS
Option A | DTS
site is in a designated bushfire-prone area (BAL 12.5 to BAL 40)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Construction in bushfire-prone areas shall reduce risk.
DTS Pathway
AS 3959 up to BAL-40
Cladding system built to AS 3959 up to BAL-40; non-combustible aluminium face satisfies material-level requirements; material screening and ember-proofing as required. BAL FZ requires Option B (Performance Solution).
AS Standards
  • AS 3959
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: BAL assessment + AS 3959 schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4B. Option B -- Performance Solution Pathway

4B.1
Weatherproofing full assembly PS (optional)
Option B | PS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2P2
External walls shall be protected from water penetration.
PS Pathway
Test E weathertightness (optional higher-assurance / CodeMark upgrade)
Full assembly weathertightness test per AS/NZS 4284, Verification Method V2; not required for DTS compliance.
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4284
  • AS/NZS 4200.1
  • AS/NZS 4200.2
  • AS 1530.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: full assembly weathertightness test design + AS/NZS 4284 Test E spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.2
Bushfire BAL FZ PS
Option B | PS
site is in a designated bushfire-prone area and requires BAL FZ
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Construction in bushfire-prone areas shall reduce risk.
PS Pathway
Test F bushfire BAL FZ
System-level radiant-heat test to AS 1530.8.2 for BAL FZ; design per AS 3959 with tested assembly, Verification Method V2.
AS Standards
  • AS 3959
  • AS 1530.4
  • AS 1530.8.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: BAL FZ assessment + AS 1530.8.2 test plan
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.3
Fire-resisting external wall PS
Option B | PS
cladding is within 900mm of a boundary other than a road, or within 1.8m of another building on the same allotment
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H3P1
External walls near boundaries shall limit fire spread.
PS Pathway
Test F fire resistance
Test assembly to AS 1530.4 for the required FRL, Verification Method V2; boundary detail fire-rated design.
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: fire-rated wall design + boundary detail + AS 1530.4 test plan
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.4
Durability bond PS
Option B | PS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Materials & components shall be durable for their intended life.
PS Pathway
Test J bond durability
Assembly bond/coating durability test to AS/NZS 4364, Verification Method V2; supports extended warranties (term by selected manufacturer).
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4364
  • AS 2728
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: bond durability test plan + AS/NZS 4364 Test J spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Compliance and Evidence Register

The full set of compliance and evidence documents this type needs, by category. These are obtained progressively, most at final supplier selection and engineer appointment. Status TBC means the document is identified and scoped, to be collected.

Category Evidence / document required Detail Status
Design - Waterproofing WRB DoC to AS/NZS 4200.1/.2 as the primary weather barrier Vapour-permeable WRB tested to AS/NZS 4200.1, installed per AS/NZS 4200.2; reaction-to-fire AS 1530.2. TBC
Design - Waterproofing Drained/ventilated cavity junction detail Drawings proving the cavity behind the aluminium overcladding is drained and ventilated, with WRB continuity. TBC
Design - Waterproofing Design documents declaring the aluminium decorative/architectural overcladding Specification or design report explicitly stating the extruded aluminium is an architectural overcladding, not the weather barrier. TBC
Manufacture - Material Aluminium cladding DoC + powder-coat certificate + Product Technical Statement Extruded aluminium substrate and powder-coat finish declared to AS 2728; covers N200, E200, SS200, N143. TBC
Manufacture - Material SIP key DoCs incl phenolic foam flammability AS 1530.2 Closed-cell phenolic foam core and 0.6mm steel skins of the locked key; foam flammability index declared. TBC
Manufacture - Material Concealed-fix load + corrosion protection DoCs Fasteners and concealed clips to AS 3566 / AS/NZS 1559; corrosion resistance evidence. TBC
Design - Structure Engineer A5G3 wind-fixing report (AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2 / AS/NZS 4040.2) Structural assessment of the concealed-fix-to-SIP assembly; wind calculations; design certificate. TBC
Design - Fire BAL assessment AS 3959 plus Test F (AS 1530.8.2 / AS 1530.4) for BAL-FZ and boundary FRL as Phase 2 Bushfire DTS up to BAL-40; BAL-FZ and boundary fire-resisting wall options via Performance Solution testing. Phase 2 test plan and reports. TBC
Manufacture - Material Per-linear-metre weight data All four cladding variants, for handling and shipping. TBC
Design - Regulatory NCC clause RAG grounding including verify-pending weatherproofing clause H2P2 via Housing Provisions 10.8.1 / F8D3 (clause-rag-verify-pending); H1 wind; H7 durability and BAL; H3P1 boundary fire. Full clause traceability to be completed. TBC
Installation - Fixings Cladding set-out + interlock + concealed-fix install QA Modules interlocked five (or seven) to a panel, seam on every joint, concealed-fix void formed, wind fixings to the engineer detail. TBC
Manufacture - Process/QA Extrusion + powder-coat QA / ITP photo evidence Section quality, dimensional conformity (199.7 / 142.643 cover, 0.00mm panel mismatch), powder-coat film records. TBC
ACTION ABCB helpdesk confirmation that the WRB-membrane DTS weatherproofing route (Housing Provisions 10.8.1 / F8D3) applies to a SIP substrate, before certification lodgement. Required confirmation before final compliance signoff. ACTION

Standards note: AS 1562.1 does not carry weatherproofing for this type (composite/laminated SIP excluded per ABCB 2023 advisory). Thermal whole-wall R-value and acoustic are substrate/system attributes, not cladding-layer attributes. AS 4654 wet-area membranes are not triggered unless a balcony or planter detail abuts the cladding assembly.

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

200 CL-COR Cladding Corner Trims

3D viewer omitted in lightweight link
3D Profile
Internal starter trim: L-wrap plus 45 degree double-prong U, screwed to the SIP before cladding. Drag to rotate, scroll to zoom.
3D viewer omitted in lightweight link
3D Profile
Internal cover trim: single 45 degree prong clips into the internal starter after cladding. Drag to rotate, scroll to zoom.
3D viewer omitted in lightweight link
3D Profile
External starter trim: vertical double-prong U, screwed to the SIP before cladding. Drag to rotate, scroll to zoom.
3D viewer omitted in lightweight link
3D Profile
External cover trim: equal wrap faces and single vertical prong, two faces equal span 87.58mm at 90 degrees. Drag to rotate, scroll to zoom.

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending. Non-loadbearing architectural trim; wind-load fixing of the starter to the SIP designed by engineer-of-record (A5G3) to AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2, AS/NZS 4040.2.
Fireengineer-pending. Bushfire construction to AS 3959 up to BAL-40 (DTS); BAL FZ corner junction is a Performance Solution via AS 1530.8.2. Boundary fire-resistance H3P1 is the wall/panel pathway, not the trim pathway.
AcousticNot applicable at the trim layer (acoustic is a substrate/system attribute).
ThermalNot applicable at the trim layer (thermal is a substrate/system attribute).
ConnectionsTwo-piece clip: starter screwed to the SIP before cladding; cover clips into the starter U after cladding. Internal corner clips diagonally (45 degree prong into 45 degree U); external corner clips vertically (vertical prong into vertical U). WRB continuity and drained/ventilated cavity maintained at the corner.
TolerancesSection regularised to canonical angles: every face exactly 0 / 45 / 90 / 135 degrees, symmetric pairs equalised, all corners and tips rounded, one connected solid per part, wall 2.46 to 2.51mm. Manufacture and install tolerances by the selected manufacturer.

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC). Aluminium extrusion, powder-coat and fixings need supplier DoCs.

Platform / Files (digital twin)

aurora-kit-of-parts/parts/200_wall_cladding_sip/

File typeFiles
build123d / IFC scriptscorner_trims.py, corner_trims_regulariser.py
STEPCL-COR-EXT-COVER_1000.step, CL-COR-EXT-STARTER_1000.step, CL-COR-INT-COVER_1000.step, CL-COR-INT-STARTER_1000.step
GLB (web viewer)CL-COR-EXT-COVER_1000.glb, CL-COR-EXT-STARTER_1000.glb, CL-COR-INT-COVER_1000.glb, CL-COR-INT-STARTER_1000.glb
IFCCL-COR-EXT-COVER_1000.ifc, CL-COR-EXT-STARTER_1000.ifc, CL-COR-INT-COVER_1000.ifc, CL-COR-INT-STARTER_1000.ifc
attributes.jsonCL-COR-EXT-COVER_attributes.json, CL-COR-EXT-STARTER_attributes.json, CL-COR-INT-COVER_attributes.json, CL-COR-INT-STARTER_attributes.json

1. Part Summary

The single record for this type. Feeds the MasterData workbook and the Specification Book part sheet.

Attribute Detail
Type ID CL-COR
Part name Cladding Corner Trims
Category Wall Cladding (Cost Code 200)
NCC class Class 1a
Covers (4 parts) CL-COR-INT-STARTER, CL-COR-INT-COVER (internal/concave corner); CL-COR-EXT-STARTER, CL-COR-EXT-COVER (external/convex corner).
Description Four 2.5mm powder-coated aluminium corner-trim extrusions that close and finish the corners of the Aurora cladding rain-screen, serving the whole 51.2mm cladding build-up. A two-piece clip system per corner: a STARTER screwed to the SIP first, and a COVER that clips into the starter U after the cladding is installed. The internal (concave) corner clips diagonally (a 45 degree prong into a 45 degree U); the external (convex) corner clips vertically (a vertical prong into a vertical U). Non-loadbearing architectural closures; they do not carry building load and are not the weather barrier.
Components / materials 2.5mm powder-coated extruded aluminium (coating durability to AS 2728); fixings to the SIP (AS 3566 / AS/NZS 1559).
Manufacture process Extruded aluminium, powder-coated. Section balanced and polished to canonical angles: every face exactly 0 / 45 / 90 / 135 degrees, symmetric pairs equalised, all corners and tips rounded (extrusion-realistic), one connected solid per part, wall 2.46 to 2.51mm (target 2.5mm).
Dimensions Section bounding boxes: INT starter 57.6 x 58.0mm; INT cover 59.3 x 59.3mm; EXT starter 82.6 x 83.0mm; EXT cover 87.6 x 87.6mm. INT starter L-legs equal 49.87mm; INT cover legs equal 34.57mm; EXT cover two perpendicular faces equal span 87.58mm (corner exactly 90 degrees). Sample extrusion length 1000mm.
Tolerances Section regularised to exact canonical angles (no hand-drawn slop); symmetric pairs equalised. Manufacture and install tolerances by the selected manufacturer.
Connections Two-piece clip: single prong seats into the double-prong U. Internal corner clips diagonally (45 degree prong / 45 degree U); external corner clips vertically (vertical prong / vertical U). Starter screwed to the SIP before cladding; cover clips in after.
Structural options Non-loadbearing trim. Wind-load fixing of the starter to the SIP is engineer-of-record scope (AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2, AS/NZS 4040.2; engineer A5G3 structural report).
Finish Powder-coated aluminium; powder-coat durability declared to AS 2728.
Manufacturer Warranty Extended warranties (term by selected manufacturer).

Build sequence (site): 1. Screw the STARTER trim to the SIP at the corner (internal or external) before the cladding goes on, maintaining the WRB continuity and drained/ventilated cavity at the corner. 2. Run the cladding up to the trim. 3. Clip the COVER into the starter U: internal corner diagonally (45 degrees), external corner vertically. 4. Confirm the corner junction keeps the WRB continuous and the cavity drained/ventilated. 5. Fix per the engineer wind-load detail.

2. Part Images

Source: Aurora parametric build123d corner-trim renders (balanced + polished geometry, Adam-confirmed 2026-06-21). Each render shows the starter, the cover, and the engaged clip for that corner.

CL-COR internal corner: starter (L-wrap + connector + double-prong U), cover (single 45 degree prong), and engaged clip
Internal (concave) corner: starter + cover + engaged clip; 45 degree prong into the 45 degree U; L-legs equal 49.87mm.
CL-COR external corner: starter (double-prong U), cover (equal wrap faces + single vertical prong), and engaged clip
External (convex) corner: starter + cover + engaged clip; vertical prong into the vertical U; two wrap faces equal span 87.58mm at exactly 90 degrees.

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
Weatherproofing junction Option A Always H2P2 YES The trims close the cladding corner junction and maintain WRB continuity + the drained/ventilated cavity at the corner. WRB pliable building membrane to AS/NZS 4200.1, installed per AS/NZS 4200.2, behind the cladding remains the primary water-control layer, per H2P2 via Housing Provisions 10.8.1 / F8D3 (clause-rag-verify-pending). The trim is a decorative/architectural corner closure, NOT the weather barrier. N/A (DTS) AS/NZS 4200.1, AS/NZS 4200.2, AS 1530.2 Corner junction detail showing WRB continuity + drained cavity, design docs declaring trim decorative, installation record photos
Wind-load fixing Option A Always H1 YES Trims fixed to the SIP; wind loads to AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2; fixing design per AS/NZS 4040.2; engineer A5G3 report on the trim-to-SIP fixing. N/A (DTS) AS 4055, AS/NZS 1170.2, AS/NZS 4040.2 Fixing design signed by engineer-of-record (A5G3 report), wind calculation, installation QA
Durability Option A Always H7 YES Powder-coat to AS 2728 on extruded aluminium; concealed/face fastener corrosion protection AS 3566 / AS/NZS 1559; extended warranties (term by selected manufacturer). N/A (DTS) AS 2728, AS 3566, AS/NZS 1559 Material supplier DoCs, powder-coat cert, extended warranty documentation
Bushfire BAL Option A Conditional: site is in a designated bushfire-prone area (BAL 12.5 to BAL 40) H7 YES (up to BAL-40) Non-combustible aluminium trim; construction to AS 3959 up to BAL-40; material screening and ember-proofing as required. For BAL FZ, use Option B (Performance Solution). N/A for BAL FZ (use Option B). AS 3959 BAL assessment report, construction schedule, material compliance certificates
Material composition Option A Always H1, H7 YES 2.5mm powder-coated extruded aluminium (coating durability to AS 2728); fixings (AS 3566 / AS/NZS 1559). Consolidate into a Product Technical Statement. N/A (DTS) AS 2728, AS 3566, AS/NZS 1559 Material supplier DoCs, Product Technical Statement

The corner trims are non-loadbearing architectural closures serving the cladding rain-screen; thermal, acoustic, structural-loadbearing and boundary fire-resistance (H3P1) are the wall/panel element's pathways, not the trim's. The aluminium is non-combustible; no Class 1 general non-combustibility requirement applies to the external wall. The WRB on the wall is the weather barrier; the trim maintains corner junction continuity.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

4A. Option A -- DTS Pathway

4A.1
Weatherproofing DTS
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2P2
External walls shall be protected from water penetration.
DTS Pathway
WRB membrane + drained cavity at corner
The trims close the cladding corner junction and maintain WRB continuity + the drained/ventilated cavity at the corner. Vapour-permeable WRB per AS/NZS 4200.1/.2 installed per AS/NZS 4200.2 is the primary water-control layer; WRB reaction to fire per AS 1530.2; Housing Provisions 10.8.1 / F8D3 (`clause-rag-verify-pending`). Trim is decorative/architectural, NOT the weather barrier.
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4200.1
  • AS/NZS 4200.2
  • AS 1530.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: corner junction detail + WRB spec + decorative trim declaration
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.2
Wind-load fixing DTS
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1
Structure shall resist wind actions.
DTS Pathway
Wind load & trim fixing
Trims fixed to the SIP; wind loads to AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2; fixing design per AS/NZS 4040.2; engineer A5G3 structural report on trim-to-SIP fixing.
AS Standards
  • AS 4055
  • AS/NZS 1170.2
  • AS/NZS 4040.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: fixing design + wind calc + A5G3 report
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.3
Durability DTS
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Materials & components shall be durable for their intended life.
DTS Pathway
Powder-coat & corrosion declarations
Powder-coat to AS 2728 on extruded aluminium; concealed/face fastener corrosion protection to AS 3566 / AS/NZS 1559; extended warranties (term by selected manufacturer).
AS Standards
  • AS 2728
  • AS 3566
  • AS/NZS 1559
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: powder-coat spec + durability declaration
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.4
Material composition DTS
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1 + H7
Materials shall be fit for purpose and durable.
DTS Pathway
Component declarations
2.5mm powder-coated extruded aluminium (coating durability to AS 2728); fixings (AS 3566 / AS/NZS 1559). Consolidate into Product Technical Statement.
AS Standards
  • AS 2728
  • AS 3566
  • AS/NZS 1559
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + materials spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.5
Bushfire BAL DTS
Option A | DTS
site is in a designated bushfire-prone area (BAL 12.5 to BAL 40)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Construction in bushfire-prone areas shall reduce risk.
DTS Pathway
AS 3959 up to BAL-40
Non-combustible aluminium trim; construction to AS 3959 up to BAL-40; material screening and ember-proofing as required. For BAL FZ, use Option B (Performance Solution).
AS Standards
  • AS 3959
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: BAL assessment + AS 3959 schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4B. Option B -- Performance Solution Pathway

4B.1
Bushfire BAL FZ PS
Option B | PS
site is in a designated bushfire-prone area and requires BAL FZ
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Construction in bushfire-prone areas shall reduce risk.
PS Pathway
Test F bushfire BAL FZ (radiant heat)
System-level radiant-heat test to AS 1530.8.2 for BAL FZ; design per AS 3959 with tested assembly, Verification Method V2.
AS Standards
  • AS 3959
  • AS 1530.8.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: BAL FZ assessment + AS 1530.8.2 test plan
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Compliance and Evidence Register

The full set of compliance and evidence documents this type needs, by category. These are obtained progressively, most at final supplier selection and engineer appointment. Status TBC means the document is identified and scoped, to be collected.

Category Evidence / document required Detail Status
Design - Waterproofing Corner junction detail showing WRB continuity + drained/ventilated cavity Drawings proving the corner trim maintains the WRB and the drained cavity at internal and external corners. TBC
Design - Waterproofing Design documents declaring the trim decorative/architectural Specification stating the corner trim is an architectural closure, not the weather barrier. TBC
Manufacture - Material Aluminium DoC + powder-coat certificate + Product Technical Statement 2.5mm extruded aluminium and powder-coat finish declared to AS 2728; covers all four corner-trim parts. TBC
Manufacture - Material Fixing load + corrosion protection DoCs Fasteners/screws to AS 3566 / AS/NZS 1559; corrosion resistance evidence. TBC
Design - Structure Engineer A5G3 wind-fixing report (AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2 / AS/NZS 4040.2) Structural assessment of the starter-trim-to-SIP fixing; wind calculations; design certificate. TBC
Design - Fire BAL assessment AS 3959 plus Test F (AS 1530.8.2) for BAL-FZ as Phase 2 Bushfire DTS up to BAL-40 with the non-combustible aluminium trim; BAL-FZ corner junction via Performance Solution testing. TBC
Manufacture - Material Per-linear-metre weight data All four corner-trim profiles, for handling and shipping. TBC
Design - Regulatory NCC clause RAG grounding including verify-pending weatherproofing clause H2P2 via Housing Provisions 10.8.1 / F8D3 (clause-rag-verify-pending); H1 wind; H7 durability and BAL. Full clause traceability to be completed. TBC
Installation - Fixings Starter fix + cover clip install QA Starter screwed to the SIP before cladding; cover clipped into the U (internal 45 degrees, external vertical); wind fixings to the engineer detail. TBC
Manufacture - Process/QA Extrusion + powder-coat QA / ITP photo evidence Section quality, canonical-angle conformity (0/45/90/135), wall 2.46 to 2.51mm, powder-coat film records. TBC
ACTION ABCB helpdesk confirmation that the WRB-membrane DTS weatherproofing route (Housing Provisions 10.8.1 / F8D3) applies at the cladding corner junction, before certification lodgement. Required confirmation before final compliance signoff. ACTION

Standards note: The corner trims serve the cladding rain-screen; the WRB on the wall is the weather barrier and AS 1562.1 does not carry weatherproofing for the cladding family (composite/laminated metal wall system excluded per ABCB 2023 advisory). Thermal, acoustic, structural-loadbearing and boundary fire-resistance (H3P1) are the wall/panel element's pathways, not the trim's.

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

225 RF Standing Seam Roof SIP

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending
Fireengineer-pending
Acousticengineer-pending
Thermalengineer-pending
Connectionssee part tab
TolerancesTBC

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)

Platform / Files (digital twin)

aurora-kit-of-parts/parts/225_roof_sip/

File typeFiles
build123d / IFC scriptsroof_sip.py, roof_sip_ifc.py
STEPRF-001_standard_pitched.step
IFCRF-001_standard_pitched.ifc
attributes.jsonRF-001_attributes.json

Standing Seam Roof SIP (Type RF)

Covers part IDs: RF-001

Metadata: part_id: RF type_name: Standing Seam Roof SIP ncc_class: Class 1a spec_book_version: TBC generated: 2026-06-01 sources: MasterData PIS (RF-001), Aurora SIP compliance report (2025)


1. Plain-Builder Summary

The Standing Seam Roof SIP is an insulated roof panel with a 0.6 mm steel standing-seam outer face, a 150 mm PIR rigid foam core, and a flat inner steel liner. It can be used two ways. Option A lays the panel over conventional roof framing as a non-structural insulated roof cladding; the standing-seam profile is the primary water-shedding layer. Option B builds the panel as a structural stressed-skin roof that spans between supports and carries design loads, unlocking full off-site efficiency. Option A works under standard timber or light-gauge steel framing rules; Option B requires a Performance Solution with structural and weathertightness testing.

2. Design Pathway Options

Option Pathway SIP role Site framing Capacity Testing required NCC route
A Deemed-to-Satisfy (DTS) Insulated roof cladding over conventional framing Timber or LGS rafters/trusses to AS 1684 or AS/NZS 4600 Non-structural cladding; supporting framing carries all loads No additional panel structural test; standard roof-cladding weatherproofing checks H1 (framing via DTS), H2P2 (roof cladding via DTS)
B Performance Solution Structural stressed-skin roof panel spanning between supports Primary structure at panel ends; no intermediate rafters Panel acts as roof structure: resists dead, live, wind and earthquake loads Tests A-D (structural) + Test E (weathertightness) required before use H1, H2P2 (A2G2 + A5 + V2 + V3)

Baseline: Option A is the Phase 1 launch baseline and provides the simplest compliance path. Option B unlocks full structural and off-site benefit but is gated on Phase 1 structural and weathertightness tests. Both options share fire, bushfire, material and acoustic requirements as triggered.


3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
Structural A Always H1 YES AS 1684 framework for supporting framing Not required AS 1684, AS 1720.1 or AS/NZS 4600 (steel framing as applicable), AS/NZS 1170, AS 4055 Roof design pack + framing calcs + connections; M&C photo/QA ITC's
Structural B Always H1 NO None PS via A2G2 + A5 + V2 (Tests A-D) + V3 (calculation) AS/NZS 1170, AS 4055, ASTM E72, ASTM E564, EN 594, AS 1366.3 (core), AS 1397 (steel) Engineer design + V3 calc + test reports A-D; M&C as above
Weatherproofing roof A, B Always H2P2 PARTIAL (steel standing seam via roof plumbing/ sheet-roof provisions) AS/NZS 1562.1, roof drainage & fixing codes PS: full assembly weathertightness test AS/NZS 4284, NCC H2V1, AS 1397, AS/NZS 2728 Standing seam roof spec + junctions + flashings + test report (Test E); M&C as above
Fire separation (boundary/attached) A, B Conditional: element within 900 mm of allotment boundary, within 1.8 m of another building, or a separating element between attached Class 1a H3P1 NO None PS via AS 1530.4 test for FRL 60/60/60 (roof element) AS 1530.4 Boundary/ separating detail + test report (Test G, Phase 2); M&C as above
Bushfire BAL A, B Conditional: site in bushfire-prone area H7 YES for BAL 12.5-40; PARTIAL/NO for BAL FZ AS 3959 PS for BAL FZ via AS 1530.4 and AS 1530.8.2 test AS 3959, AS 1530.4, AS 1530.8.2 BAL assessment + AS 3959 schedule + test report (Test F, Phase 2 if BAL FZ); M&C as above
Material - steel skin A, B Always (Refer to referenced standards) YES (declare to material standards) AS 1397, AS/NZS 2728 Not required AS 1397, AS/NZS 2728 Supplier DoC / mill certs; PTS ref
Material - PIR core A, B Always (Refer to referenced standards) YES (declare R-value to AS/NZS 4859.1 as material property; fire index) AS 1366.3, AS/NZS 4859.1, AS 1530.2 Not required AS 1366.3, AS/NZS 4859.1, AS 1530.2 Supplier DoC / test reports; PTS ref
Material - fasteners & connectors A (structural connectors), B (all) Always (Refer to referenced standards) DTS via connection design AS 3566, AS/NZS 1559 (fasteners), AS/NZS 4600 or AS 1720.1 (connectors) Not required (part of Option B structural PS) AS 3566, AS/NZS 1559, AS/NZS 4600 Supplier DoC; engineer-of-record calc (Option B)

Scope notes: Thermal whole-roof R-value is a SYSTEM attribute and is scoped out at part level (the PIR core material R-value is declared as a material property in Section 5 only). Termite management is a site-level system and is scoped out of this part-level compliance map.


4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

4A. Option A -- DTS Pathway

4A.1
Structural Performance
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1
Structural reliability and resistance
DTS Pathway
AS 1684 framework
Supporting roof framing designed to AS 1684 + connections; wind classification per AS 4055
AS Standards
  • AS 1684
  • AS 1720.1
  • AS/NZS 1170
  • AS 4055
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: roof design pack + framing calc + connections
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.2
Weatherproofing roof
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2P2
Weatherproofing of roof
DTS Pathway
Roof plumbing & sheet roof provisions
Standing seam roof cladding to AS/NZS 1562.1; joints sealed per manufacturer's instructions
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 1562.1
  • AS 1397
  • AS/NZS 2728
  • AS/NZS 4284 (reference for assembly testing)
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: standing seam roof spec + junctions + flashings; optional weathertightness test report (Test E)
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.3
Fire Separation (boundary/attached)
Option A | DTS
Applies only where the roof element is within 900 mm of an allotment boundary, within 1.8 m of another building on the same allotment, or forms a separating element between attached Class 1a dwellings.
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H3P1
Fire separation of external walls and separating elements
DTS Pathway
No prescriptive DTS for the SIP roof element
Not available; requires Performance Solution via fire test
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: boundary detail + separating element config
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.4
Bushfire BAL
Option A | DTS
Applies only where the site is in a mapped bushfire-prone area and a BAL assessment is required.
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Bushfire protection
DTS Pathway
AS 3959 (BAL 12.5 to 40)
Steel skin deemed non-combustible; core protection for BAL FZ requires test
AS Standards
  • AS 3959
  • AS 1530.4 (BAL FZ)
  • AS 1530.8.2 (BAL FZ)
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: BAL assessment + AS 3959 schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.5
Material Register
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Material compliance
Materials must meet relevant Australian Standards as referenced in NCC
DTS Pathway
Declaration of conformity to material standards
Supplier DoCs and test certificates for steel, core, coating, fasteners
AS Standards
  • AS 1397, AS/NZS 2728 (steel skin)
  • AS 1366.3, AS/NZS 4859.1, AS 1530.2 (PIR core)
  • AAMA 2605 (PVDF coating)
  • AS 3566, AS/NZS 1559 (fasteners)
  • AS/NZS 4600 (connectors)
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + materials spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4B. Option B -- Performance Solution Pathway

4B.1
Structural Performance
Option B | PS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1
Structural reliability and resistance
PS Pathway
A2G2 + A5 + V2 + V3
Structural performance verified by Tests A-D (ASTM E72, ASTM E564, EN 594) and engineering calculations (V3)
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 1170
  • AS 4055
  • ASTM E72
  • ASTM E564
  • EN 594
  • AS 1366.3
  • AS 1397
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: engineer design + V3 calc
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.2
Weatherproofing full assembly
Option B | PS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2P2
Weatherproofing of roof
PS Pathway
A2G2 + A5 + V2 (Test E)
Full assembly weathertightness test to AS/NZS 4284 or equivalent NCC H2V1 protocol
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4284
  • AS 1397
  • AS/NZS 2728
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: standing seam roof spec + junctions + flashings + test report (Test E)
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.3
Fire Separation FRL 60
Option B | PS
Conditional: roof within 900 mm of boundary, within 1.8 m of another building, or separating element between attached Class 1a.
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H3P1
Fire separation of external walls and separating elements
PS Pathway
A2G2 + A5 + V2 (Test G)
AS 1530.4 fire resistance test for roof element to demonstrate FRL 60/60/60
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: boundary detail + separating element config
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.4
Bushfire BAL
Option B | PS
Conditional: site in bushfire-prone area (BAL 12.5 to FZ). BAL FZ requires test.
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Bushfire protection
PS Pathway
A2G2 + A5 + V2 (Test F for BAL FZ)
BAL 12.5-40 via DTS/AS 3959; BAL FZ requires AS 1530.8.2 and AS 1530.4 tests
AS Standards
  • AS 3959
  • AS 1530.8.2
  • AS 1530.4
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: BAL assessment + AS 3959 schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.5
Material Register composite
Option B | PS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Material compliance
Composite panel must meet relevant material standards as part of the Performance Solution
PS Pathway
A2G2 + A5 (Evidence of Suitability)
Supplier DoCs and test reports for all components; structural properties validated in Tests A-D
AS Standards
  • AS 1397, AS/NZS 2728
  • AS 1366.3, AS/NZS 4859.1, AS 1530.2
  • AAMA 2605
  • AS 3566, AS/NZS 1559
  • AS/NZS 4600
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + materials spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.6
Acoustic separating element
Option B | PS
Conditional: only where the roof forms a separating element between attached Class 1a dwellings.
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H4P1
Sound transmission and insulation
PS Pathway
A2G2 + A5 + V2 (Test H)
Laboratory acoustic test of roof panel configuration to AS/NZS ISO 10140; rating per AS/NZS ISO 717.1
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS ISO 10140
  • AS/NZS ISO 717.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: acoustic prelim + separating element config
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Materials Register

Material Spec Book reference AS standards triggered (number + scope) DoC required from supplier? Status / gap marker
Outer steel skin (0.6 mm G300S AM200, standing seam profile) TBC AS 1397, AS/NZS 2728 Yes (mill cert, PVDF coating warranty) supplier-doc-required
PIR rigid foam core (150 mm, 45 kg/m3) TBC AS 1366.3, AS/NZS 4859.1 (material R-value only), AS 1530.2 (ignitability index) Yes (core test reports) supplier-doc-required; R-value TBC
Inner steel skin (0.6 mm G300S AM200, flat liner) TBC AS 1397, AS/NZS 2728 Yes (mill cert) supplier-doc-required
PVDF coating (25 um, 20-year coastal warranty) TBC AAMA 2605 or equivalent Yes (coating warranty/test data) supplier-doc-required
Site joint sealant (silicone + foam backing rod) TBC AS 1562.1 (roof sealants), AS 4020 (if potable water contact) Yes (data sheet / test) supplier-doc-required
Fasteners (#10 x 25 screws, Buildex or equiv) TBC AS 3566, AS/NZS 1559 Yes (tech data sheet) supplier-doc-required
LGS framing anchor (CN-003) TBC AS/NZS 4600, AS 4100 (if steel) Yes (engineer calc / product test) engineer-of-record-TBD
LGS ridge connector bracket (CN-008) TBC AS/NZS 4600 Yes (engineer calc) engineer-of-record-TBD

6. Testing Programme Reference

Test ID Description Standard Qty Phase Domain Location
A Out-of-plane bending of roof panel ASTM E72 / AS/NZS 1170.2 3 Phase 1 Structural China (ILAC MRA lab)
B In-plane / diaphragm racking ASTM E564 / EN 594 / AS 1684 App E 3 Phase 1 Structural China
C Hold-down / uplift AS 1720.1 or AS/NZS 4600 / ASTM E564 2 Phase 1 Structural China
D Axial / support reaction AS 1720.1 / NCC Spec 6 2 Phase 1 Structural China
E Weathertightness (full assembly) AS/NZS 4284 / NCC H2V1 1 Phase 1 Weatherproofing China or AU (ILAC MRA)
F Cladding fire / BAL FZ AS 1530.8.2, AS 1530.4, AS 3959 1 Phase 2 Fire AU (NATA)
G Separating element FRL 60 AS 1530.4 1 Phase 2 Fire AU (NATA)
H Acoustic separating element AS/NZS ISO 10140 + AS/NZS ISO 717.1 1 Phase 2 Acoustic AU
I Thermal R-value (core / system) AS/NZS 4859.1 1 Phase 2 Thermal AU or China
J Durability / adhesive bond AS/NZS 4364 (or equivalent) TBC Phase 2 Durability AU or China

Gating logic: Option A (SIP as cladding over conventional framing) does not require structural panel Tests A--D. Option B (structural stressed-skin roof) requires Tests A--D plus weathertightness Test E in Phase 1. Tests F--J are Phase 2 extensions that unlock boundary/separating FRL, BAL Flame Zone, acoustic separating element ratings, thermal verification, and durability validation. Thermal whole-roof R-value is a system attribute scoped out of the part-level test programme; PIR core material R-value is declared via Section 5 DoC.


8. Spec Book Reconciliation

Currently cited in Spec Book

No roof-specific spec book section is yet locked for the RF panel. The following table represents the proposed initial standard citation set.

Standard cited in Spec Book Verdict Action
(Spec book section pending) -- Propose standards identified below as additions

Missing from Spec Book, required

Structural

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS/NZS 1170 (series) A, B ADD Include for design loads
AS 4055 A, B ADD Wind classification
AS 1684 A ADD (reference only) Framing design for Option A
AS 1720.1 A ADD (reference only) Timber design if timber framing
AS/NZS 4600 A, B ADD Cold-formed steel design (framing and connectors)
ASTM E72 B ADD Structural panel test method
ASTM E564 B ADD Diaphragm racking test method
EN 594 B ADD (reference only) Alternative racking test

Fire

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS 1530.4 A, B ADD Fire resistance test for boundary FRL
AS 1530.8.2 A, B ADD BAL FZ cladding exposure test
AS 3959 A, B ADD Bushfire construction requirements

Acoustic

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS/NZS ISO 10140 B (conditional) ADD Test method for airborne sound
AS/NZS ISO 717.1 B (conditional) ADD Rating method

Waterproofing

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS/NZS 4284 A, B ADD Weathertightness test for building facades
AS 1397 A, B ADD Metallic-coated steel (steel skin)
AS/NZS 2728 A, B ADD Prefinished sheet steel
AS/NZS 1562.1 A ADD (reference only) Roof cladding installation (standing seam)

Material

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS 1366.3 A, B ADD PIR rigid cellular foam
AS/NZS 4859.1 A, B ADD Thermal insulation material R-value
AS 1530.2 A, B ADD Ignitability index of PIR
AAMA 2605 A, B ADD PVDF coating performance specification
AS 3566 A, B ADD Self-drilling screws
AS/NZS 1559 A, B ADD Fasteners for roofing

Narrative for Adam: The Spec Book can be approached in three ways. (1) Keep the emphasis on Option B Performance Solution and immediately accelerate Phase 1 structural and weathertightness testing, building the Spec Book as a PS-led document that references all tests and engineer-of-record obligations. This unlocks the full off-site value but requires testing lead time and budget. (2) Pivot the Spec Book to Option A DTS for Phase 1 launch -- the roof panel is treated strictly as a non-structural insulated cladding. The spec book would reference AS 1684/4600 for framing and existing steel roof standards, deferring all Option B testing to Phase 2. This is fastest to market but limits the panel's structural potential. (3) Dual-track the Spec Book: release a Phase 1 DTS spec for low-risk projects (Option A) and in parallel fund the Phase 1 test programme for a PS upgrade appendix that will supersede the DTS spec once tests are complete. The final spec book edition can then present both pathways clearly with triggers. Decision required on which track to fund first.

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

250 OP-WIN Aluminium Window

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending
Fireengineer-pending
Acousticengineer-pending
Thermalengineer-pending
Connectionssee part tab
TolerancesTBC

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)

Platform / Files (digital twin)

No digital-twin files yet (part not modelled).

Aluminium Window (compliance type) -- tilt-turn + sliding, thermally broken, double low-e argon

Covers part IDs: OP-WIN-001, OP-WIN-002, OP-WIN-003, OP-WIN-004

1. Plain-Builder Summary

This window TYPE is a thermally broken aluminium framed unit with double low-e argon insulated glazing, factory powdercoat 100um (Dulux Duratec or Interpon D2525) with 20-year coastal coating warranty. It covers four geometry variants of one compliance type: the tilt-turn variants (OP-WIN-001 600x600, OP-WIN-002 900x1200) open internally and include an external stainless steel insect screen; the sliding variants (OP-WIN-003 1200x1200, OP-WIN-004 1800x1200) are airtight European sliders. Each variant is a tested rated unit under AS 2047, glazed and selected under AS 1288, and is installed into a rough opening in the SIP external wall panel. The opening junction is weatherproofed with flashing, pliable membrane lap and sealant. Operation differs across the four part IDs but the compliance type and evidence basis are identical.

2. Design Pathway Options

Option Pathway Window role Compliance basis Testing required NCC route
Option A (DTS, baseline) Deemed-to-Satisfy Standard external window Proprietary AS 2047 rated unit installed per manufacturer specification; opening junction weatherproofed per pliable-membrane DTS; glazing selected per AS 1288; opening load path per AS 1684 No Aurora-specific testing of the window beyond the supplier's existing AS 2047 / AS 1288 certificates NCC 2022 Vol 2 Deemed-to-Satisfy
Option B (Performance Solution, conditional) Performance Solution Window in a fire-rated wall or BAL-FZ bushfire wall Tested window-in-wall assembly: AS 1530.4 (fire FRL) or AS 1530.8.2 (bushfire BAL-FZ) Full PS under NCC A2G2 + A5; Verification by test (AS 1530.4 fire, AS 1530.8.2 bushfire) NCC 2022 A2G2 Performance Solution

Baseline: Option A is the standard launch pathway for every standard external window in the Aurora system. Option B is only triggered conditionally by fire-rated-wall or BAL-FZ placement.

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
Structural support of opening (lintel/header load path) Option A Always (NCC H1) H1 YES AS 1684 lintel/header provisions; wind actions AS/NZS 1170.2 / AS 4055 PS only if AS 1684 limits exceeded AS 1684; AS/NZS 1170.2; AS 4055 Opening structural design / lintel schedule
Wind action / structural performance of the window assembly (AS 2047 rated unit) Option A Always (NCC H1) H1 YES AS 2047 rated window to the site wind classification PS not required (use supplier test cert) AS 2047; AS/NZS 1170.2; AS 4055 AS 2047 test certificate for the unit; wind classification report
Weatherproofing of the opening junction (flashing and sealing) Both A + B Always (NCC H2P2) H2P2 YES pliable membrane / flashing provisions (clause-rag-verify-pending) PS via full-assembly weathertightness if DTS not met AS/NZS 4200.1; AS/NZS 4200.2 Flashing / membrane junction detail; installation inspection record
Weather resistance of the window assembly (water and air penetration resistance) Option A Always (NCC H2P2) H2P2 YES AS 2047 water and air penetration resistance rating PS not required (use supplier test cert) AS 2047 AS 2047 test certificate (water + air)
Glazing safety / human-impact resistance Both A + B Always (any glazed unit) Housing Provisions glazing provisions (clause-rag-verify-pending) YES AS 1288 glazing selection and installation PS not required AS 1288; AS 2047 AS 1288 glazing compliance schedule; safety-glass selection
Energy efficiency (thermal envelope contribution + air sealing) Both A + B Always (NCC H6) H6P1 / H6P2 YES NatHERS or elemental DTS; envelope sealing H6V3 (clause-rag-verify-pending) PS via NatHERS modelling input AS 2047 (U-value/SHGC declaration); AS 1288 IGU U-value / SHGC declaration; NatHERS input or elemental calc
Fire resistance (window in a fire-rated wall) Option B Conditional: window in a wall required to be fire-resisting (within 900mm of a boundary, within 1.8m of another building on the same allotment, or a party/separating wall) H3P1 NO No DTS clause path for a window FRL in this assembly PS: test the window-in-wall assembly to AS 1530.4 AS 1530.4 AS 1530.4 fire test report (FRL as required)
Bushfire BAL performance Both A + B Conditional: site in a designated bushfire-prone area H7 PARTIAL (AS 3959 window provisions to BAL 40; BAL FZ requires test) AS 3959 construction provisions for the applicable BAL PS: BAL FZ tested to AS 1530.8.2 AS 3959; AS 1530.8.2 BAL site assessment; AS 3959 compliance schedule; BAL FZ test report if required
Material -- window assembly (frame + glazing) Both A + B Always A5G3 (evidence of suitability) YES supplier DoC + AS 2047 + AS 1288 declarations PS not required AS 2047; AS 1288 Supplier DoC; AS 2047 + AS 1288 certificates; powdercoat warranty
Material -- flashing and perimeter sealants Both A + B Always A5G3 (evidence of suitability) YES pliable membrane material declarations PS not required AS/NZS 4200.1; AS/NZS 4200.2 Membrane / flashing product DoC; sealant compatibility statement

Scope notes: thermal whole-wall R-value is a wall-system attribute mapped at wall-panel level, not at the window part level. Termite/timber durability does not apply because the window frame is aluminium. The window assembly performance figures (U-value, SHGC, Rw, wind rating) are pending supplier certificates and are listed as gaps in Section 7.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

4A. Option A -- DTS Pathway

4A.1
Structural Support of Opening (H1)
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1
Structure must safely support dead, live and wind loads
DTS Pathway
AS 1684 lintel/header + AS/NZS 1170.2 wind actions
Opening lintel/header sized per AS 1684; wind loads per AS/NZS 1170.2 / AS 4055 classification; load transferred to SIP panel top plate
AS Standards
  • AS 1684
  • AS/NZS 1170.2
  • AS 4055
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: lintel schedule + opening detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.2
Wind Action / Window Assembly (H1)
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1
Window assembly must resist design wind loads
DTS Pathway
AS 2047 rated unit matched to site wind classification
Supplier provides AS 2047 test certificate with Serviceability and Ultimate limit state ratings; unit selected for site N or C wind class per AS 4055
AS Standards
  • AS 2047
  • AS/NZS 1170.2
  • AS 4055
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: AS 2047 unit cert + wind class
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.3
Weatherproofing of Opening Junction (H2P2)
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2P2
Weatherproofing of external wall openings must prevent water penetration
DTS Pathway
Pliable membrane / flashing lap at rough opening
SIP sarking lapped into opening; proprietary flashing sill/jamb/head; perimeter sealant to frame; all per membrane DTS provisions (clause-rag-verify-pending)
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4200.1
  • AS/NZS 4200.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: flashing + membrane junction detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.4
Weather Resistance of Window Assembly (H2P2)
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2P2
Window assembly must resist water and air penetration
DTS Pathway
AS 2047 water and air penetration resistance rating
Window unit is a rated product under AS 2047; rating matched to site exposure; supplier test certificate accepted as DTS evidence
AS Standards
  • AS 2047
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: AS 2047 unit cert + wind class
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.5
Glazing Safety / Human Impact (Housing Provisions)
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Housing Provisions glazing (clause-rag-verify-pending)
Glazed assemblies must be safe for human impact
DTS Pathway
AS 1288 glazing selection and installation
Glazing type, thickness and safety glass selected per AS 1288 human-impact zones; installed per AS 2047 glazing provisions
AS Standards
  • AS 1288
  • AS 2047
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: AS 1288 glazing schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.6
Energy Efficiency (H6P1 / H6P2)
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H6P1 / H6P2
Thermal performance of envelope including glazing U-value/SHGC; envelope air sealing
DTS Pathway
NatHERS or elemental DTS; H6V3 envelope sealing
IGU U-value/SHGC entered into NatHERS model; or elemental glazing calculator; perimeter air seal per AS 2047 rated performance (clause-rag-verify-pending)
AS Standards
  • AS 2047 (U-value/SHGC declaration)
  • AS 1288
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: IGU U-value/SHGC + NatHERS input
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.7
Material -- Window Assembly (A5G3)
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
A5G3
Evidence of suitability for materials and products
DTS Pathway
Supplier DoC + AS 2047 + AS 1288 declarations
Proprietary window unit supported by supplier Declaration of Conformity, AS 2047 test certificate, AS 1288 glazing compliance schedule, and powdercoat warranty document
AS Standards
  • AS 2047
  • AS 1288
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: supplier DoC + AS 2047/1288 certs
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.8
Material -- Flashing and Sealants (A5G3)
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
A5G3
Evidence of suitability for materials and products
DTS Pathway
Pliable membrane / sealant product DoC
Flashing and membrane products declared to AS/NZS 4200 series; sealant compatibility statement from manufacturer; installed per DTS weatherproofing provisions
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4200.1
  • AS/NZS 4200.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: membrane/sealant product DoC
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4B. Option B -- Performance Solution Pathway (conditional)

4B.1
Fire Resistance -- Window in Fire-Rated Wall (H3P1)
Option B | PS
window is in a wall required to be fire-resisting (within 900mm of a boundary, within 1.8m of another building on the same allotment, or a party / separating wall)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H3P1
Fire-resisting construction must maintain FRL where required
PS Pathway
Test window-in-wall assembly to AS 1530.4
Full Performance Solution under NCC A2G2 + A5; verification by AS 1530.4 fire test of the exact window-in-SIP-wall assembly; FRL matched to wall requirement
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: AS 1530.4 fire test + boundary detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.2
Bushfire BAL (H7)
Option B | PS
site is in a designated bushfire-prone area (BAL 12.5 to BAL FZ)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Construction in bushfire-prone areas must resist ember attack and radiant heat
PS Pathway
BAL FZ tested to AS 1530.8.2
Performance Solution required for BAL FZ; verification by AS 1530.8.2 test of the window assembly; BAL 12.5 to BAL 40 follow AS 3959 DTS provisions
AS Standards
  • AS 3959
  • AS 1530.8.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: BAL assessment + AS 3959 schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Materials Register

Material Spec Book reference AS standards triggered (number + scope) DoC required from supplier? Status / gap marker
Thermally broken aluminium frame This type (OP-WIN) AS 2047 (window rating); AS 1288 (glazing support) YES supplier-doc-required
Double low-e argon IGU This type (OP-WIN) AS 1288 (safety glazing); AS 2047 (U-value / SHGC declaration) YES supplier-doc-required
Powdercoat finish (Dulux Duratec / Interpon D2525) This type (OP-WIN) AS 3715 (powdercoating -- reference for warranty) YES supplier-doc-required
Stainless steel insect mesh screen This type (OP-WIN) None mandatory for mesh NO no-gap
Perimeter flashing / pliable membrane This type (OP-WIN) AS/NZS 4200.1; AS/NZS 4200.2 YES supplier-doc-required
Perimeter sealant This type (OP-WIN) Sealant compatibility with frame and membrane NO no-gap

6. Testing Programme Reference

Test Description Standard Qty Phase Domain Location
A Window assembly wind/water/air rating AS 2047 1 Phase 1 Weather/Structural Supplier (existing cert) or AU
B Glazing safety selection verification AS 1288 1 Phase 1 Material/Safety AU (desktop)
C Energy performance (U-value / SHGC) declaration AS 2047 IGU declaration / NatHERS input 1 Phase 1 Thermal Supplier
D Fire resistance of window-in-wall assembly AS 1530.4 TBC Phase 2 Fire AU (conditional)
E Bushfire BAL FZ window test AS 1530.8.2 TBC Phase 2 Fire/Bushfire AU (conditional)

Option A (DTS) requires only the supplier's existing AS 2047 and AS 1288 certificates plus the IGU energy declaration (Tests A to C, Phase 1); the window is installed under standard DTS rules. Tests D and E are Phase 2 conditional extensions, required only where the window sits in a fire-rated wall (AS 1530.4) or a BAL-FZ bushfire wall (AS 1530.8.2). Thermal whole-wall R-value is a wall-system attribute and is not part of this window part-level test programme.

8. Spec Book Reconciliation

Currently cited standards in Spec Book (2026.03.25)

The spec book currently has no window-type entries. The table below lists the proposed core standards for this compliance type as KEEP-on-add.

Standard cited in Spec Book Verdict Action
AS 2047 KEEP Already proposed as core window standard -- retain on add
AS 1288 KEEP Already proposed as core glazing standard -- retain on add

Missing from Spec Book, required

Structural

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS 1684 A ADD Add to Spec Book -- opening lintel/header design
AS/NZS 1170.2 A, B ADD Add to Spec Book -- wind actions for site classification
AS 4055 A, B ADD Add to Spec Book -- wind classification for housing

Weather

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS 2047 A, B ADD Add to Spec Book -- window assembly weather rating
AS/NZS 4200.1 A, B ADD Add to Spec Book -- pliable membrane product standard
AS/NZS 4200.2 A, B ADD Add to Spec Book -- pliable membrane installation

Glazing/Material

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS 1288 A, B ADD Add to Spec Book -- glazing selection and safety

Energy

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS 2047 A, B ADD (reference only) Add to Spec Book -- U-value/SHGC declaration pathway

Fire

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS 1530.4 B DEFER (Phase 2) Defer addition until fire-rated-wall trigger is confirmed
AS 3959 A, B ADD Add to Spec Book -- bushfire construction provisions (BAL 12.5 to BAL 40)
AS 1530.8.2 B DEFER (Phase 2) Defer addition until BAL-FZ trigger is confirmed

Spec Book narrative: The part owner has three pathways to close the Spec Book: (1) Keep current emphasis and accelerate any conditional testing (fire and BAL-FZ) so that the spec book covers both DTS and PS from day one; (2) Pivot the spec book to the Option A DTS baseline for launch, treating every standard window as an AS 2047 rated unit installed under DTS rules and leaving conditional PS standards to a later supplement; (3) Dual-track the spec book showing Option A DTS for standard windows and Option B PS only for fire-rated-wall and BAL-FZ placements, with the PS standards listed as conditional deferred entries.

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

250 OP-DR-EXT Aluminium External Door

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending
Fireengineer-pending
Acousticengineer-pending
Thermalengineer-pending
Connectionssee part tab
TolerancesTBC

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)

Platform / Files (digital twin)

No digital-twin files yet (part not modelled).

1. Plain-Builder Summary

This compliance type covers three externally hinged or sliding aluminium doorsets (OP-DR-001 tilt-turn 920x2040 entry, OP-DR-003 1800x2100 sliding, OP-DR-004 2400x2100 sliding). All are factory-manufactured, thermally broken, double-glazed with low-e argon IGUs, and purchased finished. Each doorset is installed into a rough opening formed in an Aurora SIP external wall panel and weather-sealed by the doorset's own seals plus site flashing and sealant at the opening junction. The door carries structural (opening framing, wind action), weatherproofing (junction and doorset), glazing safety, and energy efficiency requirements, plus conditional fire-resistance, bushfire (BAL), and accessibility obligations.

2. Design Pathway Note

The door type follows a single pathway model because it is a purchased rated doorset, not a composite assembly requiring alternative routes. Most performance dimensions are satisfied via Deemed-to-Satisfy (DTS) pathways using an AS 2047 rated doorset, AS 1288 glazing, and AS 1684 opening framing, with AS/NZS 4200 flashings. Only the fire-resisting doorset dimension has no DTS pathway and demands a tested assembly (AS 1530.4/AS 1905.1) where the enclosing wall is fire-rated. For bushfire BAL FZ, the primary DTS route (AS 3959) may not suffice; a tested doorset (AS 1530.8.2) could be required as a Performance Solution.

Dimension family Route NCC route Testing/evidence basis
Structural opening support DTS H1 via AS 1684 Lintel/header sizing to AS 1684 and opening detailing
Doorset wind action DTS H1 via AS 2047 AS 2047 doorset rating + site wind class (AS 4055)
Opening junction weatherproofing DTS H2P2 via AS/NZS 4200 Flashing and WRB lap details
Doorset weather resistance DTS H2P2 via AS 2047 AS 2047 water/air test data
Glazing safety DTS Housing Provisions (glazing) via AS 1288 AS 1288 glazing schedule and marking
Fire-resisting doorset PS H3P1 (no DTS path) AS 1530.4 fire test report
Energy efficiency DTS H6P1/H6P2 via NatHERS or elemental Uw/SHGC ratings, air infiltration (AS 2047)
Bushfire (BAL) DTS (PS option for FZ) H7 via AS 3959 BAL assessment + AS 3959 door schedule (or AS 1530.8.2 test for FZ)
Safe movement/access DTS Housing Provisions (safe movement) AS 1428.1 threshold and circulation detail (where applicable)

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
1. Structural support of the door opening (lintel/header load path) DTS Always H1 YES Opening framing sized to AS 1684 & AS 4055 wind classification per AS/NZS 1170.2 (lintel/header) N/A AS 1684 (residential framing), AS 4055 (wind classification), AS/NZS 1170 (structural actions) Opening framing design + lintel calc
2. Wind action / structural performance of the external doorset assembly DTS Always (external door) H1 YES AS 2047 rated doorset matched to site wind class per AS 4055 N/A AS 2047 (doorset rating), AS/NZS 1170.2 (wind), AS 4055 (wind classification) AS 2047 doorset selection + wind class
3. Weatherproofing of the door opening junction (flashing and sealing) DTS Always (external door) H2P2 YES Pliable membrane / flashing provisions to AS/NZS 4200.1 & .2, integrated with wall WRB N/A AS/NZS 4200.1 (pliable membranes), AS/NZS 4200.2 (installation) Flashing detail + WRB lap
4. Weather resistance of the external doorset assembly (water/air penetration) DTS Always (external door) H2P2 YES AS 2047 rated doorset with declared water and air performance N/A AS 2047 (water/air resistance) AS 2047 rated doorset spec
5. Glazing safety of the glazed door leaf (human impact) DTS Always (all variants glazed) Housing Provisions (glazing) YES Glazing schedule to AS 1288, glazing grade and marking, doorset compliance to AS 2047 glazing requirements N/A AS 1288 (glazing selection & installation), AS 2047 (glazing in doors) AS 1288 glazing schedule
6. Fire-resisting doorset (door in a fire-rated external or separating wall) PS Conditional: wall required to be fire-resisting (within 900 mm of a boundary, within 1.8 m of another building on the same allotment, or party wall) H3P1 NO No DTS path Tested doorset assembly to AS 1530.4, with certification to AS 1905.1 AS 1530.4 (fire resistance test), AS 1905.1 (fire door installation) Fire-rated doorset assembly detail
7. Energy efficiency of the external glazed doors (thermal envelope + air sealing) DTS Always (glazed external door) H6P1 / H6P2 YES NatHERS or elemental pathway; H6V3 sealing; doorset Uw/SHGC from AS 2047 thermal annex or WERS N/A AS 2047 (thermal annex / WERS), AS 1288 (double glazing) NatHERS / elemental glazing schedule
8. Bushfire BAL performance of the external doors DTS Conditional: site in a designated bushfire-prone area H7 YES (except BAL FZ) AS 3959 door provisions for BAL 12.5-40; for BAL FZ, a tested doorset to AS 1530.8.2 may be a Performance Solution PS for BAL FZ if AS 3959 does not cover AS 3959 (construction in bushfire areas), AS 1530.8.2 (radiant heat test) BAL assessment + AS 3959 door schedule
9. Safe movement, threshold and access at doorways DTS Conditional: accessible / Livable Housing dwelling (AS 1428.1) or safe-movement provisions Housing Provisions (safe movement) YES Safe-movement provisions (threshold, swing, circulation); AS 1428.1 for accessible entries N/A AS 1428.1 (design for access and mobility) Threshold + circulation detail (where required)

Scope notes for this matrix: Termite management (AS 3660.1) and whole-wall thermal R-value are scoped out at part level. Acoustic separation is not a part-level dimension for a standalone external (non-separating) door.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

4.1
Structural support of the door opening
External Door | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1
Structural reliability / resistance to actions
DTS Pathway
Opening framing to AS 1684
Lintel/header sized per AS 1684, wind classification AS 4055, actions AS/NZS 1170.2
AS Standards
  • AS 1684
  • AS 4055
  • AS/NZS 1170
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: opening framing design + lintel calc
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.2
Wind action / structural performance of the doorset
External Door | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1
Structural reliability / resistance to wind actions
DTS Pathway
AS 2047 rated doorset
Doorset rated per AS 2047, matched to site wind class (AS 4055) & design wind pressure (AS/NZS 1170.2)
AS Standards
  • AS 2047
  • AS/NZS 1170.2
  • AS 4055
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: AS 2047 doorset selection + wind class
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.3
Weatherproofing of the door opening junction
External Door | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2P2
Water penetration resistance of external openings
DTS Pathway
Flashing and sealing to AS/NZS 4200
Pliable membrane and flashing provisions integrated with wall WRB
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4200.1
  • AS/NZS 4200.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: flashing detail + WRB lap
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.4
Weather resistance of the external doorset assembly
External Door | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2P2
Water and air penetration resistance of doorsets
DTS Pathway
AS 2047 rated doorset
Doorset with declared water resistance and air infiltration performance
AS Standards
  • AS 2047
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: AS 2047 rated doorset spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.5
Glazing safety of the glazed door leaf
External Door | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Housing Provisions (glazing)
Human impact safety of glazed assemblies
DTS Pathway
AS 1288 glazing schedule
Glazing grade and marking per AS 1288; doorset glazing requirements per AS 2047
AS Standards
  • AS 1288
  • AS 2047
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: AS 1288 glazing schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.6
Fire-resisting doorset
External Door | PS
Conditional: wall required to be fire-resisting (within 900 mm of a boundary, within 1.8 m of another building on same allotment, or party wall)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H3P1
Fire resistance of separating and external walls with openings
PS Pathway
Tested doorset assembly
No DTS path; doorset must be tested to AS 1530.4 and installed per AS 1905.1
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
  • AS 1905.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: fire-rated doorset assembly detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.7
Energy efficiency of the external glazed doors
External Door | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H6P1 / H6P2
Thermal performance of the envelope and sealing of openings
DTS Pathway
NatHERS or elemental with H6V3 sealing
Glazing Uw/SHGC from AS 2047 thermal annex or WERS; air sealing per H6V3
AS Standards
  • AS 2047
  • AS 1288
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: NatHERS / elemental glazing schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.8
Bushfire BAL performance of the external doors
External Door | DTS (PS for FZ)
Conditional: site in a designated bushfire-prone area
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Bushfire protection for buildings in designated areas
DTS Pathway
AS 3959 door provisions
For BAL 12.5-40, doors constructed to AS 3959; for BAL FZ, a tested doorset to AS 1530.8.2 may be a Performance Solution
AS Standards
  • AS 3959
  • AS 1530.8.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: BAL assessment + AS 3959 door schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.9
Safe movement, threshold and access at doorways
External Door | DTS
Conditional: accessible / Livable Housing dwelling or safe-movement provisions apply
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Housing Provisions (safe movement)
Safe movement, threshold design, and access for people with disabilities
DTS Pathway
Safe-movement and AS 1428.1
Threshold, swing, and circulation per safe-movement provisions; AS 1428.1 for accessible entries
AS Standards
  • AS 1428.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: threshold + circulation detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Materials Register

Material Spec Book reference AS standards triggered (number + scope) DoC required from supplier? Status / gap marker
Aluminium door frame (thermally broken) This type (OP-DR-EXT) AS 2047 (doorset structural & weather rating) Yes supplier-doc-required
Double-glazed low-e argon IGU This type (OP-DR-EXT) AS 1288 (glazing selection), AS 2047 (glazing in doors) Yes supplier-doc-required
Door hardware / gear (tilt-turn and sliding) This type (OP-DR-EXT) AS 2047 (operating force, durability) Yes supplier-doc-required
Stainless-steel mesh insect screen This type (OP-DR-EXT) AS 2047 (doorset accessories) Yes supplier-doc-required
Weatherseals / gaskets This type (OP-DR-EXT) AS 2047 (weather sealing) Yes supplier-doc-required
Powder-coat or anodised finish This type (OP-DR-EXT) AS 3715 (powder coating) or AS 1231 (anodising) Yes supplier-doc-required
Flashing membrane + sealant at opening junction This type (OP-DR-EXT) AS/NZS 4200.1, .2 (pliable membranes & installation) Possibly engineer-of-record-TBD

6. Testing Programme Reference

Test Description Standard Qty Phase Domain Location
A Doorset weather rating (air/water/wind) AS 2047 TBC 1 Weatherproofing AU
B Glazing safety verification AS 1288 TBC 1 Glazing AU
C Thermal performance (Uw/SHGC) AS 2047 thermal annex / WERS TBC 1 Energy AU
D Fire-resisting doorset test AS 1530.4 TBC 2 Fire TBC
E BAL FZ doorset test AS 1530.8.2 TBC 2 Bushfire TBC

Standard external door dimensions are satisfied by a rated AS 2047 doorset plus AS 1288 glazing (Phase 1, no special structure-fire testing). The fire-resisting doorset test (D) is required only where the door sits in a fire-rated wall; the BAL FZ test (E) is required only for BAL FZ sites; both are Phase 2 conditional unlocks. Termite management and whole-wall R-value are out of scope at part level.

8. Spec Book Reconciliation

Currently cited standards in Spec Book (version 2026.03.25)

Standard cited in Spec Book Verdict Action
No door-specific standards currently cited Missing Add standards listed below to Spec Book

Missing from Spec Book, required

Structural | Standard | Option(s) | Verdict | Action | |----------|-----------|---------|--------| | AS 1684 | Residential timber-framed construction | ADD | Include for opening framing | | AS/NZS 1170 series | Structural design actions | ADD | Reference wind actions | | AS 4055 | Wind loads for housing | ADD | Wind classification for doorset selection | | AS 2047 | Windows and external glazed doors | ADD | Core doorset standard (structural, weather, energy) |

Fire | Standard | Option(s) | Verdict | Action | |----------|-----------|---------|--------| | AS 1530.4 | Fire-resistance tests for doorsets | DEFER (Phase 2) | Only if fire-rated wall applies | | AS 1905.1 | Fire doorset installation | DEFER (Phase 2) | Only if fire-rated wall applies |

Energy | Standard | Option(s) | Verdict | Action | |----------|-----------|---------|--------| | AS 2047 (thermal annex) / WERS | Doorset Uw and SHGC | ADD | Required for H6 compliance | | AS 1288 | Glazing selection | ADD (reference only) | Referenced within doorset compliance |

Waterproofing | Standard | Option(s) | Verdict | Action | |----------|-----------|---------|--------| | AS/NZS 4200.1 | Pliable building membranes | ADD | For flashing at opening | | AS/NZS 4200.2 | Installation of membranes | ADD | For installation requirements |

Glazing | Standard | Option(s) | Verdict | Action | |----------|-----------|---------|--------| | AS 1288 | Glass selection and installation | ADD | Primary glazing standard |

Bushfire | Standard | Option(s) | Verdict | Action | |----------|-----------|---------|--------| | AS 3959 | Construction in bushfire-prone areas | DEFER (Phase 2, conditional) | Only for bushfire sites; ADD reference | | AS 1530.8.2 | Radiant heat test | DEFER (Phase 2, conditional) | Only for BAL FZ if AS 3959 not sufficient |

Access | Standard | Option(s) | Verdict | Action | |----------|-----------|---------|--------| | AS 1428.1 | Design for access and mobility | DEFER (Phase 2, conditional) | Only for accessible / Livable Housing dwellings; ADD reference |

The spec book currently emphasises wall panel standards. To support this door type, we recommend option 3: a dual-track approach that retains the existing wall emphasis but immediately adds the core doorset standards (AS 2047, AS 1288, AS/NZS 4200, and the structural suite) as Phase 1 must-haves, while deferring the fire, bushfire, and access standards to Phase 2 conditional triggers. This keeps the initial procurement lightweight while ensuring no compliance gap appears on a project-by-project basis.

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

250 OP-DR-INT Aluminium Internal Door

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending
Fireengineer-pending
Acousticengineer-pending
Thermalengineer-pending
Connectionssee part tab
TolerancesTBC

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)

Platform / Files (digital twin)

No digital-twin files yet (part not modelled).

1. Plain-Builder Summary

This is an internal hinged aluminium door with a 920 x 2340 mm leaf, carrying a white opaque glass panel. The aluminium jamb is powdercoated and integrates a 90x18 architrave, and the door uses a stainless privacy-latch hardware set. It fits into internal openings of a Class 1a house. Because it is an internal door, weatherproofing, energy efficiency, and bushfire do not apply. Compliance here covers making sure the opening above the door carries load properly (structural), the glazed panel is safe to impact, and -- only when required -- the door works as a fire doorset or as accessible entry.

2. Design Pathway Options

Four compliance dimensions apply to this door. Each has a well-defined DTS pathway except the fire doorset function, which must be a tested assembly. The table below summarises the pathway choice.

Dimension Pathway DTS available? Route summary NCC route
Structural support of opening (lintel/header) DTS YES Framed opening header to AS 1684, loads to AS/NZS 1170 H1 (Vol 2)
Glazing safety (glazed leaf) DTS YES Safety glazing to AS 1288 (impact-prone door) Glazing provisions (Housing Provisions)
Fire-resisting doorset Tested assembly NO (tested doorset) Tested doorset to AS 1530.4 / AS 1905.1 H3P1
Safe movement / accessible doorway DTS YES Clear opening width & threshold per AS 1428.1 or safe-movement Safe movement (Housing Provisions)

This door uses conventional DTS routes for the majority of dimensions. The only non-DTS path is the optional fire doorset, which relies on a tested assembly. The accessible-doorway dimension is conditional on a Livable Housing design choice; otherwise, safe-movement provisions handle it.

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
Structural support of opening (lintel/header) Single Always H1 (H1P1) YES As per AS 1684 (lintel span tables) Not required (DTS path used) AS 1684, AS/NZS 1170, AS 4055 opening header design + framing layout
Glazing safety (glazed leaf) Single Always Glazing safety (clause-rag-verify-pending) YES Safety glazing per AS 1288 (impact-prone location) Not required (DTS path used) AS 1288, AS 2047 (doorset ref) glazing spec + safety-glass selection
Fire-resisting doorset Single Conditional: door installed in wall required to be fire-resisting (party/separating wall in attached Class 1a, or boundary-proximity wall) H3P1 NO (tested doorset) N/A (tested assembly) Tested doorset assembly to AS 1530.4 / AS 1905.1 (no prescriptive DTS) AS 1530.4, AS 1905.1 fire-doorset selection + tested FRL evidence
Safe movement / doorway access Single Conditional: dwelling is designed to Livable Housing / accessible standard (AS 1428.1 door access); safe-movement provisions otherwise Safe movement (clause-rag-verify-pending) YES Clear opening width & threshold per AS 1428.1 (accessible) or safe-movement provisions (general) Not required (DTS path used) AS 1428.1 doorway width + threshold detail

Scope notes for this matrix: External wind action, external doorset, weatherproofing junction, weather resistance, energy efficiency, bushfire BAL, and durability/termite are not applicable to this internal door part. Thermal whole-wall R and termite management are scoped out at the part level.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

Each chain row illustrates the six-step compliance chain (NCC entry, Performance Requirement, route, AS standards, Evidence DMC, Certifications DMC) for one dimension. Conditional dimensions include an applicability pill.

4.1
Structural Support of Opening
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1P1
Structural reliability and resistance
DTS Pathway
AS 1684 framework
Opening header / lintel to AS 1684 span tables; load actions per AS/NZS 1170 and wind class AS 4055
AS Standards
  • AS 1684
  • AS/NZS 1170
  • AS 4055
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: opening header design + framing layout
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.2
Glazing Safety (glazed leaf)
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Glazing safety
Human impact safety (clause-rag-verify-pending)
DTS Pathway
AS 1288 safety glazing
Glazed leaf uses safety glazing selected and installed per AS 1288 for an impact-prone door location
AS Standards
  • AS 1288
  • AS 2047 (doorset ref)
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: glazing spec + safety-glass selection
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.3
Fire-Resisting Doorset
Conditional | Tested
door is installed in a wall required to be fire-resisting (party / separating wall in an attached Class 1a, or boundary-proximity wall)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H3P1
Fire separation between and within buildings
Tested doorset
Tested assembly
Fire-resisting doorset demonstrated by a tested assembly; FRL confirmed by manufacturer test report (no prescriptive DTS)
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
  • AS 1905.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: fire-doorset selection + tested FRL evidence
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.4
Safe Movement and Doorway Access
DTS
dwelling is designed to Livable Housing / accessible standard (AS 1428.1 doorway access); safe-movement provisions otherwise
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Safe movement
Safe movement and access at doorways (clause-rag-verify-pending)
DTS Pathway
AS 1428.1 / safe-movement
Clear-opening width, circulation and threshold per AS 1428.1 for an accessible dwelling, or safe-movement provisions otherwise
AS Standards
  • AS 1428.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: doorway width + threshold detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Materials Register

Material Spec Book reference AS standards triggered (number + scope) DoC required from supplier? Status / gap marker
Aluminium door leaf frame This type (OP-DR-INT) AS 2047 (doorset ref) No no-gap
White opaque glass panel This type (OP-DR-INT) AS 1288 (glazing safety) Yes -- supplier certificate supplier-doc-required
Powdercoated aluminium jamb + integrated 90x18 architrave This type (OP-DR-INT) AS 2047 (doorset ref) No no-gap
Stainless steel privacy-latch hardware This type (OP-DR-INT) -- No compliance-pending (routine)
Fire-doorset assembly (conditional) This type (OP-DR-INT) AS 1530.4, AS 1905.1 Yes -- test evidence supplier-doc-required

6. Testing Program Reference

Test Description Standard Qty Phase Domain Location
A Safety glazing classification AS 1288 TBC Phase 1 Material (glazing) Supplier
B Fire doorset FRL (conditional) AS 1530.4 / AS 1905.1 1 Phase 2 Fire AU (if required)

A standard internal door requires no bespoke structural/acoustic/weather testing. Glazing safety is met by selecting a glass certified to AS 1288 (supplier evidence, not a project test). The fire-doorset FRL test (Test B) is a Phase 2 / conditional item only triggered when the door sits in a fire-rated wall. Acoustic and thermal tests are not part of this internal-door part-level program.

8. Spec Book Reconciliation

Currently cited in Spec Book

Standard Action
None recorded Create spec book entry for this part (verdict: ADD)

Missing from Spec Book, required

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
Structural
AS 1684 Single ADD Add to spec book
AS/NZS 1170 Single ADD Add to spec book
AS 4055 Single ADD Add to spec book
Fire
AS 1530.4 Conditional ADD Add to spec book
AS 1905.1 Conditional ADD Add to spec book
Glazing/Material
AS 1288 Single ADD Add to spec book
AS 2047 (reference only) Single ADD (reference only) Add to spec book
Access
AS 1428.1 Conditional ADD Add to spec book

The spec book for this part currently contains no compliance entries. For a conventional aluminium internal door, the dominant path is straightforward DTS with a gated conditional fire doorset and an optional Livable Housing extension. We recommend Option 2: pivot to a DTS-first Phase 1 launch. This door uses certified components, so the DTS route is the natural selection. The fire-doorset and accessible-doorway requirements are added as gated, conditional extensions that activate only where project conditions demand them, leaving the baseline part free of complexity for non-fire/general housing builds. This approach keeps the Phase 1 DTS path clean, accelerates launch, and defers the heavier conditional items until their triggers are confirmed. The spec book should be populated accordingly, with conditional items noted as optional addenda.

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

270 TR Aluminium Skirting and Cornice

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending
Fireengineer-pending
Acousticengineer-pending
Thermalengineer-pending
Connectionssee part tab
TolerancesTBC

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)

Platform / Files (digital twin)

No digital-twin files yet (part not modelled).

Aluminium Skirting and Cornice (type TR)

Covers part IDs: TR-001, TR-002

1. Plain-Builder Summary

For a standard Class 1a dwelling, the aluminium skirting and cornice trim (TR-001, TR-002) provides a non-combustible, durable interior finish. Compliance is straightforward: the trim itself is non-structural and non-loadbearing, so the builder is only required to hold a Product Technical Statement (PTS) that declares the aluminium alloy, extrusion conformity, and powdercoat durability. Where the trim is installed in a wet area, the builder must ensure the junction is waterproofed to AS 3740 and hold an installer waterproofing certificate; if it is installed on a wall required to have a fire-resistance level (FRL) a performance solution is required because no DTS pathway exists -- the assembly including the trim must be tested to AS 1530.4. For the integrated-LED variant (TR-002) the electrical work is low-voltage and must be installed and certified to AS/NZS 3000 by a licensed electrician.

2. Design Pathway Options

Option Pathway Trim role Fixing Capacity Testing required NCC route
Standard DTS material declaration + conditional wet-area/fire/electrical pathways Non-structural, indoor trim; covers junction only. Does not carry load or provide fire resistance. Mechanically fixed with concealed fixings; no load-transfer to primary structure. N/A (non-structural) Powdercoat durability test only (routine). Fire/wet-area tests conditional. NCC Vol 2 A5G3 (evidence of suitability) + conditional H3P1, H4, electrical installation provisions

Baseline: This is a non-structural interior trim part. In most installations the only compliance pathway required is a material Product Technical Statement (PTS) addressing alloy, extrusion conformity, and powdercoat durability. Where the trim runs through a wet area, the builder must follow AS 3740 waterproofing and retain a certificate. Where it is installed on a rated separating wall, a Performance Solution via AS 1530.4 assembly test is necessary because no DTS route exists. The integrated-LED variant (TR-002) requires electrical certification to AS/NZS 3000.

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
D1 - Material Standard Always A5G3 (evidence of suitability / fit-for-purpose) YES Material declarations + PTS N/A (DTS available) AS 1664 (reference), AS/NZS 1866 (extrusions), AS 3715.1 (powder coating) Supplier DoC for alloy/temper, extrusion conformity, powdercoat durability class; consolidated PTS
D2 - Fire-rated separating element Standard Trim fitted to or penetrates a wall required to have an FRL (party wall in attached Class 1a, or wall within 900 mm of a boundary, or within 1.8 m of another building on the same allotment) H3P1 (fire separation between buildings and within buildings) NO N/A Performance Solution via AS 1530.4 test of the full rated assembly incorporating the trim/penetration detail AS 1530.4 (fire resistance tests) Fire test report for the rated assembly including the trim; junction detail demonstrating the FRL is maintained
D3 - Waterproofing Standard Skirting located in a wet area (bathroom, laundry, shower zone) H4 (wet area waterproofing) YES AS 3740 wet-area waterproofing N/A (DTS available) AS 3740 (wet-area waterproofing) Wet-area waterproofing design + junction detail; installer waterproofing certificate
D4 - Electrical (integrated LED) TR-002 Applies to TR-002 only (integrated SELV LED strip) Electrical installation (Vol 2 referencing AS/NZS 3000) YES AS/NZS 3000 electrical works N/A (DTS available) AS/NZS 3000 (wiring rules) Electrical compliance certificate; SELV driver and LED strip compliance evidence (RCM / electrical safety mark)

Scope notes for this matrix: Structural dimensions (structural adequacy, bracing, resistance to horizontal loads) are not applied at this part level , the trim is non-structural interior covering. Termite/durability, external bushfire, and acoustic separation dimensions are also scoped out at part level; those attributes are addressed in the primary wall/system assembly. Thermal whole-wall R-value and termite management are modelled at the building element level and are not within the scope of this non-structural trim component.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

4.1
Material (Aluminium + Powdercoat)
Standard | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC A5G3
Evidence of suitability framework
Performance Requirement
Fit-for-purpose
Material properties declared per Product Technical Statement
DTS Pathway
Material declarations
Aluminium and powdercoat declared against applicable material standards, supplier DoC consolidated into a PTS
AS Standards
  • AS 1664
  • AS/NZS 1866
  • AS 3715.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + material declarations
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
trim is fitted to or penetrates a wall required to have an FRL (party wall in attached Class 1a, or wall within 900mm of a boundary, or within 1.8m of another building on the same allotment)
4.2
Fire-Rated Separating Element
Conditional | PS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H3P1
Fire separation between buildings and within buildings
PS Pathway
AS 1530.4 assembly test
rated wall assembly verified by test; trim and any penetration must not defeat the FRL
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: rated assembly detail + test report
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
skirting run is located in a wet area (bathroom, laundry, shower zone)
4.3
Wet-Area Waterproofing
Conditional | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H4
Wet area waterproofing
DTS Pathway
AS 3740 wet area
wet-area waterproofing system carried to and sealed at the skirting junction
AS Standards
  • AS 3740
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: wet-area waterproofing design + junction detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
applies to TR-002 only (integrated LED variant)
4.4
Integrated LED (Electrical)
TR-002 | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Electrical installation
low-voltage electrical work to the wiring rules
DTS Pathway
AS/NZS 3000
SELV LED strip and driver installed and certified by a licensed electrician
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 3000
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: LED layout + electrical design to AS/NZS 3000
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Materials Register

Material Spec Book reference AS standards triggered (number + scope) DoC required from supplier? Status / gap marker
Aluminium extrusion profile This type (TR) AS 1664, AS/NZS 1866 Yes supplier-doc-required
Powdercoat finish This type (TR) AS 3715.1 Yes supplier-doc-required
Concealed fixings (screws, clips) This type (TR) Corrosion class to site exposure (reference AS 1664) Yes supplier-doc-required
LED strip + SELV driver (TR-002 only) This type (TR) AS/NZS 3000 (installation) Yes (electrical compliance) supplier-doc-required
Sealant at junctions This type (TR) AS 3740 (where wet area) Yes supplier-doc-required

6. Testing Program Reference

Test Description Standard Qty Phase Domain Location
A Powdercoat durability - colour, gloss, adhesion, corrosion resistance AS 3715.1 TBC 1 Material TBC
B (conditional) Fire-resistance of rated wall assembly incorporating the trim/penetration detail (required only where the trim is on a wall required to have an FRL) AS 1530.4 TBC 2 Fire AU
C (conditional) Wet-area waterproofing inspection at skirting junction (required only where the skirting is in a wet area) AS 3740 1 1 Weather AU

Testing program gating logic: The aluminium skirting and cornice itself requires no structural or weathertightness testing. The only routine material test is powdercoat durability (Test A). Fire-resistance testing (Test B) is triggered only if the trim is installed on a rated separating wall (party wall, boundary walls) and must be addressed by fire-engineering assessment or full assembly test. Wet-area waterproofing inspection (Test C) is required only where the skirting is located in a wet area. The integrated LED (TR-002) is verified by an electrical compliance certificate; no separate lab test is required for the trim part itself. Thermal whole-wall R-value and termite durability are scoped out at the part level.

8. Spec Book Reconciliation

Currently cited in Spec Book

Standard Spec Book reference Notes
None This type (TR) No standards currently cited for this type; the Spec Book does not yet contain a dedicated aluminium trim entry.

Missing from Spec Book, required

Domain Standard Verdict Notes
Material AS 1664 ADD (reference only) Structural aluminium rules referenced for extrusion quality
Material AS/NZS 1866 ADD Aluminium extruded products
Material AS 3715.1 ADD Powder coating durability requirements
Fire AS 1530.4 DEFER (Phase 2) Required only if trim is on rated wall; test can be deferred until first project requiring it
Waterproofing AS 3740 DEFER (Phase 2) Required only if trim is in wet area; inspectorate pathway can be finalised when first wet-area application is confirmed
Electrical AS/NZS 3000 ADD (TR-002 only) Wiring rules for SELV LED strip and driver; applicable only to TR-002

Spec Book pathway note
For this non-structural trim, the three project-level approaches are:

  1. Option 1 - Dual-track Option B emphasis: Keep the trim's project specification relying on the Performance Solution (AS 1530.4 pathway) for rated walls, as per a typical Option B project. This ensures flexibility but adds upfront engineering if rated walls occur.
  2. Option 2 - Pivot to DTS Phase-1 launch: The most common baseline. Since the trim is normally non-structural and most walls are not rated, the primary compliance is the material PTS. The Specification is written as a DTS-first route, with only a conditional fire-test deferred. This aligns with the Phase-1 DTS launch approach.
  3. Option 3 - Dual-track: For projects where both DTS and Performance pathways are desired, the Specification can list both routes, with the fire-assembly test and wet-area compliance triggered by project-specific conditions, avoiding forced testing on standard homes.
Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

300 GD Insulated Sectional Garage Door

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending
Fireengineer-pending
Acousticengineer-pending
Thermalengineer-pending
Connectionssee part tab
TolerancesTBC

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)

Platform / Files (digital twin)

No digital-twin files yet (part not modelled).

Compliance Map: Insulated Sectional Garage Door (Type GD)

Covers part IDs: GD-001

1. Plain-Builder Summary

The Aurora insulated sectional garage door (Type GD) is a factory-made opening assembly installed in an external wall of a Class 1a dwelling. The leaf is supplied as a proprietary component -- Aurora does not manufacture it. The door hangs from a timber-framed rough opening (header/lintel and jambs) that carries building loads. Option A follows a Deemed-to-Satisfy (DTS) path: the timber opening is sized and built to AS 1684, the door leaf is selected from a manufacturer's range to a declared wind class (AS 4055), and the perimeter is flashed and sealed to keep water out. This is the Phase 1 launch baseline and requires no part-specific testing beyond supplier product documentation. Option B is a Performance Solution (PS) track for cases where DTS limits are exceeded or for fire-rated or bushfire-FZ openings; it uses engineer-of-record calculations, full-scale assembly tests, and certified fire-rated or BAL FZ products. All leaf spec values (thickness, weight, U-value, wind class) are currently TBC and will be locked down once the supplier is chosen.

2. Design Pathway Options

Option Pathway Door/opening role Site framing Capacity Testing required NCC route
A DTS short-term (Phase 1 baseline) Proprietary insulated sectional door selected to wind class Timber lintel/header + jambs sized per AS 1684; fixings per AS 4055 Standard residential openings 5000 x 2400 None beyond supplier product compliance NCC H1 (structural), H2P2 (weather), H6P1 (energy) DTS; H7 BAL up to 40 DTS
B Performance Solution medium-term (Phase 2) Same door leaf, but engineered opening + optional fire-rated or BAL FZ product Engineered framing if AS 1684 limits exceeded; otherwise same as Option A Larger or atypical openings; fire/BAL FZ triggers Full-assembly weather (AS/NZS 4284), fire FRL (AS 1530.4), BAL FZ (AS 1530.8.2) as triggered NCC H1, H2P2, H3P1, H7 via PS; material evidence under A5G3

Baseline: Option A is Phase 1 launch path. Option B is triggered on a per-project basis when DTS limits are exceeded or a conditioned space/fire/BAL FZ scenario applies.

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
D1: Opening structural support A Always H1 (clause-rag-verify-pending) Yes AS 1684 (clause-deferred-July), connections AS 1720.1 (clause-deferred-July) N/A AS 1684 (timber framing), AS 1720.1 (timber connections), AS 4055 (wind classification) Lintel/header design calculations, framing plan, ITC photos
D1: Opening structural support B Exceeds AS 1684 limits H1 (clause-rag-verify-pending) No N/A Engineer-of-record design per AS 1684 / AS 4055, A2G2+A5 methodology + V3 verification AS 1684, AS 1720.1, AS 4055 Structural engineering report, signed PS documentation
D2: Wind action on door leaf A Always H1 (clause-rag-verify-pending) No N/A Supplier selects door leaf with declared wind class per AS 4055 / AS/NZS 1170.2; supporting fixings to opening designed to AS 4055 AS 4505 (door leaf), AS 4055 (wind class), AS/NZS 1170.2 (wind loads) Supplier DoC (AS 4505 + wind class), fixing schedule
D3: Weatherproofing opening junction (head/jambs/sill) A Always H2P2 (clause-rag-verify-pending) Yes AS/NZS 4200.1 (material) + AS/NZS 4200.2 (installation) (clause-deferred-July) N/A AS/NZS 4200.1, AS/NZS 4200.2 WRB/flashing spec, installation detail, photo evidence
D3: Weatherproofing opening junction B Optional full assembly test H2P2 (clause-rag-verify-pending) No N/A Full assembly weathertightness test (PS) per AS/NZS 4284 AS/NZS 4284 Test report, PS documentation
D4: Bushfire BAL A Site BAL-zoned up to BAL 40 H7 (clause-rag-verify-pending) Yes AS 3959 garage-door provisions (clause-deferred-July) N/A AS 3959 BAL assessment, supplier's BAL-40 compliant door evidence
D4: Bushfire BAL B Site BAL-zoned BAL FZ H7 (clause-rag-verify-pending) No (partial) N/A PS via AS 1530.8.2 test / AS 4505; fire-rated door may be required AS 1530.8.2, AS 3959, AS 4505 AS 1530.8.2 test report, PS documentation
D5: Fire separation (door in fire-resisting wall) B Opening within 900 mm boundary setback or 1.8 m another building H3P1 (clause-rag-verify-pending) No N/A PS: install a tested fire-rated door assembly per AS 1530.4 AS 1530.4 Fire-rated door test report, installation detail
D6: Energy efficiency, thermal break and air infiltration at opening A Garage within conditioned/sealed building envelope H6P1 (clause-rag-verify-pending) Yes Elemental Housing Provisions Section 13 or NatHERS (clause-rag-verify-pending) N/A AS/NZS 4859.1 (insulation declaration) Insulated leaf spec (U-value), perimeter seal schedule, energy report
M1: Material -- proprietary garage-door assembly (leaf, tracks, springs, hardware, motor) A Always A5G3 (evidence of suitability) No N/A Product compliance with AS 4505 (door) and AS/NZS 60335.2.95 (motor); declaration of U-value per AS/NZS 4859.1 AS 4505, AS/NZS 60335.2.95 Supplier DoCs, test/certification documents
M2: Material -- opening framing timber (lintel/header, jambs) A Always A5G3 (evidence of suitability) Yes AS 1684 (clause-deferred-July) stress grade + AS/NZS 1748 (structural timber) N/A AS/NZS 1748, AS 1720.1 Supplier grade stamp, delivery dockets
M3: Material -- flashing, head/jamb/sill closures and perimeter sealants A Always A5G3 (evidence of suitability) Yes AS/NZS 4200.1 (material) + AS/NZS 4200.2 (installation) (clause-deferred-July) N/A AS/NZS 4200.1, AS/NZS 4200.2 Product datasheets, compliance declarations

Scope notes for this matrix: Termite management is a site-level barrier system and is scoped out at the part level. Whole-wall thermal R-value is a system attribute, not a part-level dimension, and is also scoped out.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

4A. Option A -- DTS Pathway

4A.1 Opening Structural Support (H1P1, DTS AS 1684)

4A.1
Opening Structural Support
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1P1 Structural reliability
Opening framing must resist dead, live, wind and earthquake loads.
DTS Pathway
AS 1684 Residential timber framing
Lintel/header and jamb sizing, connections to AS 1720.1. Wind classification per AS 4055.
AS Standards
  • AS 1684
  • AS 1720.1
  • AS 4055
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: opening framing design + lintel span calc
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4A.2 Door Leaf Wind Action (H1P1, leaf selected to wind class)

4A.2
Door Leaf Wind Action
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1P1 Structural reliability
The door leaf must resist wind pressures for the site's wind classification.
DTS Pathway
Proprietary selection to wind class
Leaf selected from supplier's range with a declared wind class per AS 4505/AS 4055. Fixings to opening designed to AS 4055.
AS Standards
  • AS 4505
  • AS 4055
  • AS/NZS 1170.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: supplier wind classification + fixing schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4A.3 Weatherproofing Opening Junction (H2P2, DTS pliable membrane)

4A.3
Weatherproofing Opening Junction
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2P2 Weatherproofing
Openings must be flashed and sealed to prevent water penetration.
DTS Pathway
Pliable membrane system
Head, jamb and sill flashing using materials to AS/NZS 4200.1 and installation to AS/NZS 4200.2.
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4200.1
  • AS/NZS 4200.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: WRB spec + head/jamb/sill flashing
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4A.4 Bushfire BAL (H7, DTS AS 3959 up to BAL 40)

4A.4
Bushfire BAL
DTS
Site is bushfire-prone and BAL rating is BAL 40 or lower
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential - H7 Bushfire
Performance Requirement
H7 Bushfire protection
Openings must resist ember attack and radiant heat appropriate to the BAL rating.
DTS Pathway
AS 3959 garage-door provisions
Select and install a garage door tested/assessed to the required BAL rating per AS 3959.
AS Standards
  • AS 3959
  • AS 4505 (as applicable)
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: BAL assessment + AS 3959 schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4A.5 Energy / Thermal Break at Opening (H6P1, DTS elemental/NatHERS)

4A.5
Energy / Thermal Break at Opening
DTS
Garage is within the conditioned/sealed building envelope
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential - H6 Energy Efficiency
Performance Requirement
H6P1 Energy efficiency
The garage door opening must limit thermal bridging and air leakage.
DTS Pathway
Elemental Housing Provisions Section 13 / NatHERS
Specify an insulated leaf with declared U-value and perimeter seals; include in the energy rating.
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4859.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: insulated leaf spec + perimeter seal schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4A.6 Material Register (NCC A5G3, supplier declarations)

4A.6
Material Register
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 1 A5G3
Evidence of suitability -- materials must be fit for purpose.
Performance Requirement
Fit-for-purpose materials
All materials must comply with relevant Australian Standards.
DTS Pathway
Supplier Declarations of Conformity
For door leaf (AS 4505), motor (AS/NZS 60335.2.95), timber framing (AS/NZS 1748), flashings (AS/NZS 4200.1/.2).
AS Standards
  • AS 4505
  • AS/NZS 60335.2.95
  • AS/NZS 1748
  • AS/NZS 4200.1
  • AS/NZS 4200.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + materials spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4B. Option B -- Performance Solution Pathway

4B.1 Opening Structural Support (H1P1, PS A2G2 + V3)

4B.1
Opening Structural Support
PS
Triggered when AS 1684 prescriptive limits are exceeded (e.g., span/load)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1P1 Structural reliability
Opening framing must resist loads.
PS Pathway
Engineered design via A2G2 + V3 verification
Engineer-of-record designs lintel/header and connections using AS 1684/AS 4055 principles, validated by V3 (calculation or testing).
AS Standards
  • AS 1684
  • AS 1720.1
  • AS 4055
  • AS/NZS 1170.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: engineer's calcs + PS report
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4B.2 Weatherproofing full assembly (H2P2, PS via AS/NZS 4284)

4B.2
Weatherproofing Full Assembly
PS
Optional enhanced weathertightness verification (e.g., project specification or client request)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2P2 Weatherproofing
Water must not penetrate the opening.
PS Pathway
Full-scale assembly test to AS/NZS 4284
The complete installed door assembly is tested for air and water penetration under simulated wind pressure.
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4284
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: test specification + PS brief
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4B.3 Fire Separation Door FRL (H3P1, PS via AS 1530.4)

4B.3
Fire Separation Door FRL
PS
Opening is within 900 mm of a boundary or 1.8 m of another building; wall requires fire resistance
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential - H3 Fire Separation
Performance Requirement
H3P1 Fire separation
The wall must achieve the required FRL; any opening must not compromise the fire-resisting construction.
PS Pathway
Tested fire-rated door assembly
Install a garage door that has been tested to AS 1530.4 and achieve the required FRL; or relocate the opening.
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: fire-rated door test report + opening detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4B.4 Bushfire BAL FZ (H7, PS via AS 1530.8.2)

4B.4
Bushfire BAL FZ
PS
Site is bushfire-prone and BAL rating is BAL FZ
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential - H7 Bushfire (BAL FZ)
Performance Requirement
H7 Bushfire protection
Garage door must withstand direct flame contact and extreme radiant heat.
PS Pathway
Tested assembly to AS 1530.8.2
A full-scale fire test of the door assembly demonstrates compliance with BAL FZ requirements. Supplier may have pre-tested solutions.
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.8.2
  • AS 3959
  • AS 4505
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: BAL assessment + AS 1530.8.2 test report
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4B.5 Material Register composite/proprietary (NCC A5G3, declarations)

4B.5
Material Register -- Composite / Proprietary
PS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 1 A5G3
Evidence of suitability -- proprietary assemblies must be supported by manufacturer's documentation.
Performance Requirement
Fit-for-purpose (composite)
Proprietary door assembly and motor must be proven suitable for wind, thermal, and operational loads.
PS Pathway
Supplier DoCs + AS 4505 / AS/NZS 60335.2.95
Full set of supplier declarations covering wind class, insulation, and motor safety, plus any required fire or BAL test reports.
AS Standards
  • AS 4505
  • AS/NZS 60335.2.95
  • AS/NZS 4859.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: supplier PS documentation
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Materials Register

Material Spec Book reference AS standards triggered (number + scope) DoC required from supplier? Status / gap marker
Insulated sectional door leaf (PIR/PUR core, steel/aluminium skins) This type (GD) AS 4505 (door assembly) Yes supplier-doc-required; U-value/wind class TBC
Rollers/tracks/springs (steel, nylon) This type (GD) AS 4505 (door assembly) Yes supplier-doc-required; compliance-pending (routine)
Automatic motor drive This type (GD) AS/NZS 60335.2.95 (motor safety) Yes supplier-doc-required; compliance-pending (routine)
Timber lintel/header (stress-graded) aurora-kop-spec-book 2026.03.25 (no GD entry yet) AS 1684, AS 1720.1, AS/NZS 1748 No (grade stamp) engineer-of-record-TBD; no-gap
Timber jambs (stress-graded) aurora-kop-spec-book 2026.03.25 (no GD entry yet) AS 1684, AS 1720.1, AS/NZS 1748 No (grade stamp) engineer-of-record-TBD; no-gap
Perimeter flashing/closures (pliable membrane, metal flashings) This type (GD) AS/NZS 4200.1, AS/NZS 4200.2 Yes supplier-doc-required; compliance-pending (routine)
Perimeter sealants (flexible sealant, weatherseals) This type (GD) (none specified, fit-for-purpose) Yes (manufacturer's data sheet) supplier-doc-required; no-gap

6. Testing Programme Reference

Test Description Standard Qty Phase Domain Location
A Weathertightness full assembly test (optional) AS/NZS 4284 TBC Phase 1 (if triggered) Weather NATA-accredited lab
B Door leaf wind/structural rating (supplier provided) AS 4505 / AS 4055 TBC (supplier's product range) Phase 1 Structural Supplier test lab
C Fire-rated door FRL test (conditional) AS 1530.4 TBC (by supplier) Phase 2 Fire Accredited fire test facility
D Bushfire BAL FZ test (conditional) AS 1530.8.2 / AS 3959 TBC (by supplier) Phase 2 Fire Accredited fire test facility
E Motor safety (supplier provided) AS/NZS 60335.2.95 Supplier's type-test quantity Phase 1 Material Supplier test lab

Option A (DTS) requires no part-specific laboratory testing beyond supplier product compliance documents. Option B (PS) requires the relevant test reports as triggered: fire-rated door test (C) for boundary proximity, BAL FZ test (D) for bushfire extreme zones, and full assembly weathertightness test (A) when specified. The proprietary door supplier provides the leaf wind/structural rating (B) and motor safety evidence (E).

8. Spec Book Reconciliation

Standards currently cited in the Spec Book

Standard cited in Spec Book Verdict Action
(none cited for garage door) n/a ADD set below

Required standards grouped by domain

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
Structural
AS 1684 A ADD Add to Spec Book for opening framing (DTS)
AS/NZS 1170 series A, B ADD Add for wind loads reference
AS 4055 A, B ADD Add for wind classification of door and fixings
AS 1720.1 A, B ADD Add for timber connections
AS/NZS 1748 A, B ADD Add for stress-graded timber
Material
AS 4505 A, B ADD Add as the mandatory door standard
AS/NZS 60335.2.95 A, B ADD Add for automatic motor
Fire
AS 3959 A, B ADD Add for bushfire BAL up to 40 (DTS)
AS 1530.8.2 B DEFER (Phase 2) Defer until BAL FZ project triggers PS
AS 1530.4 B DEFER (Phase 2) Defer until fire-rated opening is triggered
Waterproofing
AS/NZS 4200.1 A, B ADD Add for flashing materials
AS/NZS 4200.2 A, B ADD Add for flashing installation
AS/NZS 4284 B ADD Add as optional PS testing standard

The Aurora PIS records spec_book_narrative_decision: 2. That decision favours Option A (DTS) as the Phase 1 launch path. The Spec Book should therefore prioritise DTS-referenced standards (AS 1684, AS 4055, AS 3959, AS/NZS 4200 series, AS 4505, AS/NZS 60335.2.95) for immediate inclusion. Performance Solution standards (AS 1530.4, AS 1530.8.2) are marked DEFER (Phase 2). The fire-rated and BAL FZ standards will be added only when a project triggers the need; until then the Option B PS pathways remain documented but untested. This dual-track approach allows Aurora to launch with full DTS compliance for the majority of standard installations while maintaining a clear path to PS when site conditions demand it.

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

350 WA-FLR Wet Area Floor Pan

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending
Fireengineer-pending
Acousticengineer-pending
Thermalengineer-pending
Connectionssee part tab
TolerancesTBC

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)

Platform / Files (digital twin)

No digital-twin files yet (part not modelled).

1. Plain-Builder Summary

This document maps the compliance of the Wet Area Floor Pan (covering part IDs: WA-FLR-001). The pan is a factory-made, laser-cut high-density PIR foam tray with a 1:80 fall to a drain. It arrives on site with a fleece-backed PVC sheet membrane already fully adhered, and includes a 200mm x 50mm x 3mm aluminium perimeter angle. The pan sits on top of the structural floor tray inside a wet area and does not carry any building loads -- it is purely a pre-formed waterproofing platform. Builders drop it in, integrate the wall membrane with the aluminium upstand, and connect the waste to provide a code-compliant wet-area floor in one piece.

2. Design Pathway Options

The standard path for a typical detached Class 1a wet area is Option A -- Deemed-to-Satisfy (DTS). The pan's primary job (waterproofing + moisture management) is addressed through AS 3740 and standard damp-proofing measures. A Performance Solution path (Option B) only comes into play when the same floor also acts as a fire or acoustic separator between two attached Class 1a dwellings (duplex, townhouse). For those conditional scenarios, assembly-level testing is required.

Option Pathway When to use
A DTS All wet areas in a detached Class 1a dwelling, or where the floor is not a separating element. Waterproofing, rising damp, and material declarations are handled through DTS.
B Performance Solution Only where the wet-area floor also forms part of a fire-separating system between two attached Class 1a dwellings (fire) or separates two attached dwellings (acoustic). DTS is not available for a foam-floor-pan assembly; testing is required.

Baseline: Aurora Living's standard launch path is Option A (DTS). Option B is conditional and requires additional fire and acoustic assembly testing before deployment in attached-dwelling projects.

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
Wet-area surface waterproofing A (DTS) ALWAYS H4 Yes AS 3740 N/A AS 3740 (waterproofing of domestic wet areas) Design, M&C (see cards)
Rising damp / ground moisture A (DTS) CONDITIONAL: ground-level wet area over slab or enclosed subfloor H2P3 Yes Standard DPC + sheet membrane (clause-deferred-July) N/A AS 3740 (membrane continuity) Design, M&C
Fire resistance (fire-separating floor) B (PS) CONDITIONAL: floor part of a fire-separating system between two attached Class 1a dwellings or boundary condition H3P1 No N/A A2G2 + A5 + V2: AS 1530.4 test of floor assembly (FRL target TBC) AS 1530.4, AS 1530.2 Assembly fire test report
Acoustic (inter-tenancy floor) B (PS) CONDITIONAL: floor separates two attached Class 1a dwellings (duplex/townhouse) Housing Provisions inter-tenancy acoustic provision (clause-rag-verify-pending) No N/A A2G2 + A5 + V2: AS/NZS ISO 10140 airborne + AS/NZS ISO 717.2 impact test of floor assembly (Rw+Ctr & L'nT,w target TBC) AS/NZS ISO 10140, AS/NZS ISO 717.1, AS/NZS ISO 717.2 Acoustic test report
Material Register A (DTS) ALWAYS A5G3 (evidence of suitability) Yes Material declarations to applicable standards, consolidated into a Product Technical Statement N/A AS 1530.2 (PIR foam flammability), AS/NZS 4859.1 (PIR foam R-value declaration), AS 3740 (PVC membrane) Supplier DoCs + PTS

Scope notes for this matrix: The floor pan is non-structural; structural adequacy is out of scope at the pan level (structural floor is a separate KoP part). Thermal foam R-value is a material property and not a whole-floor thermal rating -- whole-floor thermal performance is out of scope at this part level. Termite management is a site-level scope item. AS 4654 (external above-ground membranes) is not triggered; this is an internal wet-area application.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

4A. Option A -- DTS Pathway

4A.1
Wet-Area Waterproofing
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H4
Wet area waterproofing
DTS Pathway
AS 3740
Factory-applied PVC sheet membrane forming the wet-area floor waterproofing to AS 3740, falls 1:80 to drain
AS Standards
  • AS 3740
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: wet-area waterproofing design + fall + drain detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.2
Rising Damp / Ground Moisture
Option A | DTS
ground-level wet area over a slab or enclosed subfloor
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2P3
Rising damp / moisture from the ground
DTS Pathway
Standard DPC + sheet membrane
Standard damp-proofing at slab level, plus closed-cell PIR core (moisture-resistant) and pre-applied PVC membrane providing continuity above
AS Standards
  • AS 3740
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: damp-proofing design + membrane continuity
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.3
Material Register
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
A5G3
Evidence of suitability -- fit-for-purpose
DTS Pathway
Material declarations
Each component declared against its material standard; supplier DoCs consolidated into a Product Technical Statement
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.2
  • AS/NZS 4859.1
  • AS 3740
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + materials spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4B. Option B -- Performance Solution Pathway

4B.1
Fire-Separating Floor
Option B | PS
floor is part of a fire-separating system between two attached Class 1a dwellings, or a boundary condition
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H3P1
Fire separation between attached Class 1a dwellings
PS Pathway
A2G2 + A5 + V2
AS 1530.4 fire-resistance test of the floor assembly (FRL target TBC)
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
  • AS 1530.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: fire-separating floor assembly design
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.2
Acoustic Inter-Tenancy Floor
Option B | PS
floor separates two attached Class 1a dwellings (duplex / townhouse)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Separating floor acoustic
Rw + Ctr and impact rating for separating floors between Class 1 dwellings (target TBC)
PS Pathway
A2G2 + A5 + V2
AS/NZS ISO 10140 airborne + AS/NZS ISO 717.2 impact test of the floor assembly
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS ISO 10140
  • AS/NZS ISO 717.1
  • AS/NZS ISO 717.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: acoustic prelim + separating-floor assembly
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Materials Register

Material Spec Book reference AS standards triggered (number + scope) DoC required from supplier? Status / gap marker
PIR foam pan core (min 100 kg/m3, integral 1:80 fall) This type (WA-FLR-001) AS/NZS 4859.1 (declared R-value only); AS 1530.2 (flammability) Yes supplier-doc-required; compliance-pending
Aluminium perimeter angle (200mm x 50mm x 3mm) This type (WA-FLR-001) TBC (clause-deferred-July) Yes supplier-doc-required; compliance-pending
Fleece-backed PVC sheet membrane (120gsm) This type (WA-FLR-001) AS 3740 Yes supplier-doc-required; compliance-pending
Moisture-curing PU adhesive (factory-applied) This type (WA-FLR-001) TBC (clause-deferred-July) Yes supplier-doc-required; compliance-pending
Drain / floor-waste interface This type (WA-FLR-001) TBC (clause-deferred-July) Yes supplier-doc-required; compliance-pending; spec TBC

6. Testing Programme Reference

Test Description Standard Qty Phase Domain Location
A Wet-Area Waterproofing Verification (membrane, falls, junction) AS 3740 TBC Phase 1 Weather/Waterproofing AU or China
B PIR Foam Flammability (material test) AS 1530.2 TBC Phase 1 Fire/Material China or AU
C Separating-Floor Fire FRL (assembly test) AS 1530.4 TBC Phase 2 Fire AU (conditional)
D Separating-Floor Acoustic (airborne + impact) AS/NZS ISO 10140 + AS/NZS ISO 717.2 TBC Phase 2 Acoustic AU (conditional)

Gating logic: Option A (DTS waterproofing) requires only the waterproofing verification (Test A) and the PIR foam flammability declaration (Test B) -- no assembly-level fire or acoustic testing is needed for standard detached dwellings. Option B (Performance Solution separating floor) activates the Phase 2 fire and acoustic tests (Tests C and D) only when the floor pan is part of an attached-dwelling separating assembly. Thermal foam R-value is handled as a material declaration to AS/NZS 4859.1, not a test.

8. Spec Book Reconciliation

Currently cited in Spec Book

Standard / Reference Verdict Action
None (new type) - Establish spec book entry for WA-FLR

Missing from Spec Book, required

Domain Standard / Clause missing Verdict
Waterproofing AS 3740 ADD
Fire AS 1530.4 ADD
Fire AS 1530.2 ADD
Acoustic AS/NZS ISO 10140 ADD
Acoustic AS/NZS ISO 717.1 ADD
Acoustic AS/NZS ISO 717.2 ADD
Material AS/NZS 4859.1 ADD (reference only)

All AS standards listed above must be incorporated into the spec book. AS/NZS 4859.1 is required only as a reference for the PIR foam R-value declaration; it does not impose a whole-floor thermal requirement. AS 3740 is the primary DTS waterproofing path and must be added immediately. Fire and acoustic standards (AS 1530.4, AS 1530.2, and the ISO suite) are required for Option B only and can be DEFER (Phase 2) if Aurora chooses to launch with Option A exclusively. A dual-track approach (Option A now, Option B accelerated for attached-dwelling projects) keeps the standard DTS launch while procuring testable assemblies for future expansion.

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

350 DR Stainless Steel Grated Drain

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending
Fireengineer-pending
Acousticengineer-pending
Thermalengineer-pending
Connectionssee part tab
TolerancesTBC

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)

Platform / Files (digital twin)

No digital-twin files yet (part not modelled).

1. Plain-Builder Summary

The Stainless Steel Grated Drain (part ID DR-001) is a 316 stainless steel polished linear grated drain designed for Class 1a residential shower floors. It is a 2000mm long x 120mm wide x 24mm deep prefabricated channel, supplied in 1.0m lengths, with an integrated shower-screen-support slot that enables drainage from both sides of the screen. The unit functions as a trafficable wet-area floor waste, capturing water and directing it to a central waste hole that connects to the building's drainage system. 316 stainless steel provides corrosion resistance for the permanently wet environment. The finished assembly includes a removable grate and sits within the waterproofed floor build-up, integrating with the membrane and floor falls to achieve compliant drainage.

2. Design Pathway Options

This drainage component does not require a performance solution or part-level test programme. Every compliance dimension is addressed by a single Deemed-to-Satisfy (DTS) pathway. The table below lists each dimension, the NCC route, and the testing obligation.

Dimension Pathway NCC route Testing required
D1: Wet-area floor drainage point DTS DTS None (DTS)
D2: Surface drainage grate / trafficable cover DTS DTS None (DTS)
D3: Stormwater / sanitary drainage connection DTS DTS None (DTS)
D4: Material durability of drainage component DTS DTS None (DTS)

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
D1: Wet-area floor drainage point DTS Always H2 YES Wet-area drainage DTS Not required (DTS) AS 3740 (waterproofing of domestic wet areas), AS/NZS 4858 (wet area membranes) Wet-area waterproofing design + drain detail
D2: Surface drainage grate / trafficable cover DTS Always H2P1 YES Access cover / grate DTS Not required (DTS) AS 3996 (access covers and grates), AS/NZS 3500.3 (stormwater drainage) Grate spec + cover load class schedule
D3: Stormwater / sanitary drainage connection DTS Always H2P1 YES Drainage connection DTS Not required (DTS) AS/NZS 3500.2 (sanitary plumbing and drainage), AS/NZS 3500.3 (stormwater drainage), AS/NZS 3500.5 (housing installations) Drainage connection design
D4: Material durability of drainage component DTS Always H7 YES Material durability DTS Not required (DTS) AS/NZS 3500.2 (material durability for drainage), AS/NZS 3500.3 (material durability for drainage) Material durability declaration

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

The following pathway cards map each dimension to its DTS evidence chain. Every dimension follows the single, available Deemed-to-Satisfy route.

4.1
Wet-Area Floor Drainage Point
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2
Wet-area floor waste and drainage
DTS Pathway
Wet-area drainage DTS
Floor waste integrated with wet-area waterproofing membrane and graded falls
AS Standards
  • AS 3740
  • AS/NZS 4858
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: wet-area waterproofing design + drain detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.2
Surface Drainage Grate / Trafficable Cover
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2P1
Stormwater drainage and trafficable cover
DTS Pathway
Access cover / grate DTS
Trafficable grate and cover selected to required load class
AS Standards
  • AS 3996
  • AS/NZS 3500.3
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: grate spec + cover load class schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.3
Stormwater / Sanitary Drainage Connection
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2P1
Stormwater and sanitary drainage
DTS Pathway
Drainage connection DTS
Drain outlet connected to building drainage with correct falls and trap
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 3500.2
  • AS/NZS 3500.3
  • AS/NZS 3500.5
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: drainage connection design
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.4
Material Durability
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Durability of building elements
DTS Pathway
Material durability DTS
316 stainless steel selected for corrosion resistance in permanently wet environment; supplier durability declaration
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 3500.2
  • AS/NZS 3500.3
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: material durability declaration
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Materials Register

Material Spec Book reference AS standards triggered (number + scope) DoC required from supplier? Status / gap marker
316 stainless steel drain channel body This part (DR-001) AS/NZS 3500.2 (material durability for drainage), AS/NZS 3500.3 (material durability for drainage) Yes supplier-doc-required (316SS grade cert)
316 stainless steel removable grate This part (DR-001) AS 3996 (access covers and grates -- load class), AS/NZS 3500.2 (durability), AS/NZS 3500.3 (durability) Yes supplier-doc-required (grate load class AS 3996)
waste outlet connection This part (DR-001) AS/NZS 3500.2 (sanitary plumbing connections), AS/NZS 3500.3 (stormwater connections) Yes compliance-pending (outlet size TBC)

6. Testing Programme Reference

Test Description Standard Qty Phase Domain Location
None No part-level test required; all dimensions Deemed-to-Satisfy N/A 0 N/A Drainage N/A

A stainless steel grated drain is a Deemed-to-Satisfy component that does not require structural, fire, acoustic, or thermal testing at part level. Compliance is achieved through material declarations, installation in accordance with the referenced AS standards, and QA inspection records.

8. Spec Book Reconciliation

Currently cited in Spec Book

Standard cited in Spec Book Verdict Action
None cited yet (new part) ADD Add the full NCC/AS reference set detailed below to the Spec Book drainage chapter

Missing from Spec Book, required

Drainage and Waterproofing

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS 3740 DTS ADD Add waterproofing of domestic wet areas reference to Spec Book
AS/NZS 4858 DTS ADD Add wet area membranes reference to Spec Book
AS 3996 DTS ADD Add access covers and grates reference to Spec Book
AS/NZS 3500.2 DTS ADD Add sanitary plumbing and drainage reference to Spec Book
AS/NZS 3500.3 DTS ADD Add stormwater drainage reference to Spec Book
AS/NZS 3500.5 DTS ADD Add housing installations reference to Spec Book

Narrative tail - Spec Book options

Three strategic pathways exist for managing this component in the Spec Book: 1. Keep the current emphasis on performance-based specifications, adding these standards as informative references only. 2. Pivot to a DTS-first approach for Phase 1 launch, directly embedding the Deemed-to-Satisfy compliance pathway for this drainage part (recommended given its straightforward DTS nature). 3. Continue a dual-track approach, maintaining both DTS and potential future performance solutions.

The PIS spec_book_narrative_decision is 2 (pivot to DTS for Phase 1 launch). This decision leverages the simple, fully DTS nature of the drain, reduces design risk, and accelerates compliance sign-off.

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

400 CS Composite Stone Panel

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending
Fireengineer-pending
Acousticengineer-pending
Thermalengineer-pending
Connectionssee part tab
TolerancesTBC

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)

Platform / Files (digital twin)

No digital-twin files yet (part not modelled).

1. Plain-Builder Summary

The CS Composite Stone Panel is a thin, lightweight surface finish comprising a silica-free stone veneer bonded to an aluminium honeycomb backing (~10mm total thickness, 2400x1000mm sheets, polished for walls / honed for floors). It is used as an internal non-structural finish for benchtops, vanity tops, splashbacks, hearths, wet-area surfaces, and stone floor tiles. As a Class 1a surface finish, its compliance pathway is driven by four NCC dimensions (material fitness, durability, conditional wet-area waterproofing, and conditional floor slip resistance) plus a hard silica-free procurement constraint under WHS RCS prohibition (1 July 2024). Structural, fire, acoustic, thermal, and external weatherproofing dimensions are out of scope at the part level.

2. Design Pathway Options

This part is a non-structural internal surface finish. There is no structural Option A (DTS bracing) / Option B (performance-solution composite) split. Compliance follows a single Class 1 evidence-of-suitability framework with two conditional dimensions triggered by use case (wet-area waterproofing, floor slip resistance).

Baseline: The part is delivered under the Class 1 evidence-of-suitability framework (NCC A2G2/A5G3). Waterproofing (H4) and slip-resistance dimensions are only triggered when the part is used in a wet area or as a trafficable floor surface respectively.

Dimension Trigger Pathway NCC route
D1 Material fitness Always Performance Solution (PTS, supplier declarations, manufacturing QA) NCC A5G3 (evidence of suitability)
D2 Waterproofing (wet area) Conditional: wet-area location DTS available (AS 3740 junction/waterproofing detail) NCC H4 (wet areas)
D3 Durability of surface finish Always Performance Solution (durability declaration, maintenance schedule) NCC H7 (durability)
D4 Slip resistance (trafficable) Conditional: floor or walking surface DTS available (AS 4586 classification, AS 4663) NCC safe-movement provision (clause-rag-verify-pending)
(WHS only) Silica prohibition Always (procurement) WHS procurement constraint -- not an NCC route WHS respirable crystalline silica prohibition (1 July 2024)

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
D1 Material / fitness-for-purpose All Always A5G3 (evidence of suitability) NO N/A Product Technical Statement + supplier declarations + manufacturing QA under A2G2/A5G3 clause-deferred-July (A5G3 framework) PTS + material declarations + silica-free confirmation
D2 Waterproofing -- wet-area surface All Conditional: the composite stone surface is located in a wet area (bathroom, laundry, WC, or shower zone) H4 (wet areas / waterproofing) YES AS 3740 wet-area waterproofing provisions N/A (DTS accepted) AS 3740 Wet-area waterproofing design + AS 3740 junction detail
D3 Durability of surface finish All Always H7 (durability) NO N/A Material durability declaration and finish maintenance schedule under H7 clause-deferred-July Durability declaration + finish maintenance schedule
D4 Slip resistance -- trafficable surface All Conditional: the composite stone forms a floor or trafficable walking surface (does not apply to benchtops or vanity tops) Safe-movement / slip provision (clause-rag-verify-pending) YES AS 4586 slip-resistance classification N/A (DTS accepted) AS 4586, AS 4663 Slip-resistance classification to AS 4586 + floor finish spec

Scope notes: The following dimensions are out of scope at the part level and are never applicable to an internal non-structural Class 1 surface finish: structural (load-bearing), external weatherproofing / WRB, thermal whole-wall R-value, fire FRL / Group / BAL, and acoustic Rw+Ctr. Group ratings, AS 1530.1, AS 1530.3, AS 5637.1, AS/NZS 3837, and AS 5113 are Volume One (Class 2-9) provisions and do not apply. The WHS respirable crystalline silica prohibition (1 July 2024) is not an NCC Performance Requirement; it is handled as a procurement constraint in Sections 5 and 7.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

The four compliance dimensions for the CS Composite Stone Panel are shown below. Dimensions D1/D3 are always-active Performance Solution paths. Dimensions D2/D4 are conditional DTS paths, triggered only when the part is used in a wet area or as a trafficable floor surface.

4.1
Material Fitness for Purpose
All | PS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
A5G3
Evidence of suitability for materials and products
PS Pathway
A5G3 evidence
Product Technical Statement + supplier declarations + manufacturing QA under A2G2/A5G3
AS Standards
  • clause-deferred-July (A5G3 framework)
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + material declarations + silica-free confirmation
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.2
Waterproofing (Wet Area)
Conditional | DTS
the composite stone surface is located in a wet area (bathroom, laundry, WC, or shower zone)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H4
Wet areas and waterproofing
DTS Pathway
AS 3740 DTS
Wet-area waterproofing system and junction detail to AS 3740
AS Standards
  • AS 3740
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: wet-area waterproofing design + AS 3740 junction detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.3
Durability of Finish
All | PS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Durability of building elements
PS Pathway
Declared durability
Material durability declaration and finish maintenance schedule under H7
AS Standards
  • clause-deferred-July
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: durability declaration + finish maintenance schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.4
Slip Resistance (Trafficable)
Conditional | DTS
the composite stone forms a floor or trafficable walking surface (does not apply to benchtops or vanity tops)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Safe movement / slip provision
Slip-resistance for trafficable surfaces (clause-rag-verify-pending)
DTS Pathway
AS 4586 classification
Floor surface slip-resistance classification to AS 4586, test method AS 4663
AS Standards
  • AS 4586
  • AS 4663
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: slip-resistance classification to AS 4586 + floor finish spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Materials Register

Material Spec Book reference AS standards triggered (number + scope) DoC required from supplier? Status / gap marker
Aluminium honeycomb backing This part (CS) (spec book version TBC) clause-deferred-July Yes supplier-doc-required (material certificates)
Stone veneer (silica-free) This part (CS) (spec book version TBC) clause-deferred-July Yes supplier-doc-required (silica-free declaration, WHS RCS)
Bonding adhesive (factory lamination) This part (CS) (spec book version TBC) clause-deferred-July Yes compliance-pending (routine)
Installation / fixing adhesive or mechanical fixing This part (CS) (spec book version TBC) clause-deferred-July Yes compliance-pending (routine)
Wet-area junction sealant This part (CS) (spec book version TBC) AS 3740 Yes compliance-pending (routine)

6. Testing Programme Reference

Test Description Standard Qty Phase Domain Location
A Slip resistance (floor applications) AS 4586 / AS 4663 1 Phase 1 Material AU
B Wet-area waterproofing system verification AS 3740 1 Phase 1 Weather AU
C Silica-free composition declaration / verification WHS RCS prohibition (clause-deferred-July) 1 Phase 1 Material TBC

The material-fitness (D1) and durability (D3) dimensions are satisfied by declaration and the evidence-of-suitability framework under A5G3/H7; no destructive test is required at the part level. Slip-resistance Test A is required only where the part is used as a floor or trafficable surface. Wet-area waterproofing verification Test/assessment B is required only where the part is located in a wet area. Silica-free composition verification C is a mandatory procurement gate applicable to every application of this part. No fire, acoustic, structural, or weathertightness assembly tests apply to this surface finish.

8. Spec Book Reconciliation

Currently cited in Spec Book

Standard cited in Spec Book Verdict Action
None confirmed cited (new part, spec book version TBC) n/a Establish spec book entry for CS

Missing, Required, Grouped by Domain

Material / Fitness

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
NCC A5G3 framework (evidence of suitability) -- reference only All ADD (reference only) Note A5G3 pathway in CS spec book narrative as the governing NCC framework

Waterproofing

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS 3740 All ADD Procure full text; cite in CS wet-area installation detail

Slip Resistance

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS 4586 All ADD Procure full text; cite for floor-finish slip-resistance classification
AS 4663 All ADD Procure full text; cite as test method for slip resistance

Structural, fire, acoustic, and thermal groups are omitted: these dimensions are out of scope for a non-structural Class 1 internal surface finish.

Spec Book Narrative Decision: Three options exist for the CS part in the Aurora spec book: (1) retain the current PS emphasis and accelerate the testing and declaration programme to fully substantiate D1/D3 under A5G3/H7 alongside the conditional DTS paths for D2/D4; (2) pivot to a DTS-led Phase 1 launch, treating the part primarily under the conditional DTS dimensions (AS 3740, AS 4586/AS 4663) with the material-fitness and durability dimensions carried as supporting declarations; (3) adopt a dual-track approach that publishes the part with both the evidence-of-suitability framework and the conditional DTS references from day one. PIS records spec_book_narrative_decision: 2.

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

500 HRV Heat Recovery Ventilator

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending
Fireengineer-pending
Acousticengineer-pending
Thermalengineer-pending
Connectionssee part tab
TolerancesTBC

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)

Platform / Files (digital twin)

No digital-twin files yet (part not modelled).

1. Plain-Builder Summary

Heat Recovery Ventilator (type HRV). Covers part IDs: HRV-001. The Heat Recovery Ventilator is a hard-wired, ducted mechanical ventilation unit that continuously supplies fresh filtered air and recovers heat through an air-to-air heat-exchange core. It carries no structural or weatherproofing role - it is a service appliance supplied to a performance datasheet. Compliance turns on four things only: mechanical ventilation to NCC H4, electrical installation to the Wiring Rules, fire-stopping where ductwork penetrates a fire-separating element (NCC H3P1, conditional on attached-dwelling construction), and material durability to NCC H7.

2. Design Pathway Options

Dimension Trigger Pathway type NCC route Testing required
Mechanical ventilation Always DTS Deemed-to-Satisfy mechanical ventilation design to AS 1668.2 None (standard design)
Electrical service Always DTS Deemed-to-Satisfy electrical installation to AS/NZS 3000 None (standard design + electrical contractor certification)
Service penetration fire-stopping Conditional (duct through a fire-separating element) Performance Solution AS 1530.4 penetration fire test + AS 4072.1 fire-stopping system, maintaining element FRL Penetration fire test (only if triggered)
Material durability Always DTS Durable service materials per AS/NZS service standards None (supplier durability declaration)

Baseline - The HRV is a Deemed-to-Satisfy services install for a standalone Class 1a dwelling; the only Performance-Solution element is the conditional fire-stopping that arises only in attached (duplex/townhouse) construction where ductwork crosses a separating element.

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
Mechanical ventilation Single Always H4 YES mechanical ventilation design to AS 1668.2 (clause-rag-verify-pending for exact H4 clause) Not required under DTS AS 1668.2 (mechanical ventilation); AS 1668.4 (natural ventilation reference) Mechanical ventilation design; commissioning record; supplier datasheet
Electrical service Single Always clause-rag-verify-pending YES electrical installation to the Wiring Rules AS/NZS 3000; cable selection AS/NZS 3008.1.1 Not required under DTS AS/NZS 3000; AS/NZS 3008.1.1 Electrical contractor Certificate of Compliance; circuit/switchboard design
Service penetration fire-stopping Single Conditional: duct penetrates a fire-separating element between attached Class 1 dwellings H3P1 NO (no DTS clause path for a service penetration FRL) No DTS clause path PS: AS 1530.4 penetration fire test maintaining element FRL; fire-stopping system installed to AS 4072.1 AS 1530.4; AS 4072.1 Penetration fire test report or tested-system data sheet; fire-stopping installation record
Material durability Single Always H7 YES durable service materials selected per the AS/NZS service standards Not required under DTS AS/NZS 3500.1 (durability of service components); AS/NZS 3000 (electrical materials) Supplier material durability declaration; component DoCs

Scope notes for this matrix - Thermal/energy whole-of-home R-value is a system attribute and not mapped at the part level; termite management is a site-level system and not a service-appliance attribute; the wall-panel Option A/B structural fork is not applicable to a service unit. Smoke alarms (H3P2, AS 3786) are a separate part.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

4.1
Mechanical Ventilation
Service | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H4
Health and amenity ventilation
DTS Pathway
AS 1668.2 design
Standard mechanical ventilation design and commissioning to AS 1668.2
AS Standards
  • AS 1668.2
  • AS 1668.4
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: ventilation design + AS 1668.2 layout + commissioning plan
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.2
Electrical Service
Service | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Electrical
Electrical installation safety (clause-rag-verify-pending)
DTS Pathway
AS/NZS 3000 Wiring Rules
Standard electrical installation; cable selection to AS/NZS 3008.1.1
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 3000
  • AS/NZS 3008.1.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: electrical design + circuit schedule + switchboard
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
HRV ductwork penetrates a fire-resisting separating element (party wall or inter-tenancy floor) between attached Class 1 dwellings
4.3
Service Penetration Fire-Stopping
Service | PS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H3P1
Fire separation between and within buildings
PS Pathway
AS 1530.4 + AS 4072.1
Penetration fire-stopping system maintains the FRL of the penetrated element
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
  • AS 4072.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: penetration detail + tested fire-stopping system
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.4
Material Durability
Service | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Durability of building elements
DTS Pathway
Durable service materials
Service components selected for durability per the AS/NZS service standards
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 3500.1
  • AS/NZS 3000
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + service-material durability schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Materials Register

Material Spec Book reference AS standards triggered (number + scope) DoC required from supplier? Status / gap marker
HRV unit (heat-exchange appliance) This type (HRV) AS 1668.2 (mechanical ventilation); AS 1668.4 (natural ventilation reference) Yes -- performance datasheet (airflow, efficiency, electrical load, sound power) supplier-doc-required (HRV datasheet)
Ductwork and grilles This type (HRV) AS 1668.2 (ventilation distribution) Yes -- material and fire-performance where penetrating separating elements compliance-pending (routine)
Electrical connection and cabling This type (HRV) AS/NZS 3000 (wiring rules); AS/NZS 3008.1.1 (cable selection) Yes -- electrical Certificate of Compliance compliance-pending (routine)
Fire-stopping system (conditional) This type (HRV) AS 1530.4 (penetration test); AS 4072.1 (service penetration system) Yes -- tested-system data sheet, only if a separating-element penetration applies supplier-doc-required (fire-stop system, conditional)
Condensate drain (if applicable) This type (HRV) AS/NZS 3500.2 (sanitary plumbing) No (routine plumbing) no-gap

6. Testing Programme Reference

Test Description Standard Qty Phase Domain Location
A Service Penetration Fire-Stopping (conditional) AS 1530.4 / AS 4072.1 TBC Phase 2 Fire AU

The HRV is a Deemed-to-Satisfy services install and requires none of the above tests for a standalone Class 1a dwelling; it is installed under standard AS 1668.2 mechanical ventilation and AS/NZS 3000 electrical rules. Test A (penetration fire-stopping) is a Phase 2 / conditional activity that applies only where ductwork penetrates a fire-separating element in attached (duplex / townhouse) construction. Thermal / energy performance is a whole-of-home system attribute and is not part of this part-level test programme.

8. Spec Book Reconciliation

Standard cited in Spec Book Verdict Action
(none -- spec book is wall-panel focused; no service standards currently cited) SCOPE MISMATCH Add service standards per sub-table 2

Ventilation

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS 1668.2 Single ADD Add as primary mechanical ventilation design standard
AS 1668.4 Single ADD (reference only) Add as natural ventilation reference

Electrical

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS/NZS 3000 Single ADD Add as the Wiring Rules for the hard-wired service
AS/NZS 3008.1.1 Single ADD Add for electrical cable selection

Fire

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS 1530.4 Conditional ADD Add for service-penetration fire-resistance test (conditional)
AS 4072.1 Conditional ADD Add for service-penetration fire-stopping systems (conditional)

Material

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS/NZS 3500.1 Single ADD Add for durability of service components

Spec Book narrative tail

  1. Keep the current Option B Performance Solution emphasis and accelerate Phase 2 testing.
  2. Pivot the Spec Book to the Deemed-to-Satisfy pathway for Phase 1 launch (treat the HRV as a standard DTS services install; the conditional fire-stopping Performance Solution is added only for attached construction). This is the selected decision (2).
  3. Dual-track the Spec Book, showing both the DTS services install and the conditional Performance-Solution fire-stopping with clear triggers and phase labels.
Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

550 VD Ventilation Duct

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending
Fireengineer-pending
Acousticengineer-pending
Thermalengineer-pending
Connectionssee part tab
TolerancesTBC

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)

Platform / Files (digital twin)

No digital-twin files yet (part not modelled).

Ventilation Duct -- NCC/AS Compliance Map

Type id: VD (Service) | NCC Class 1a | Covers part IDs: VD-001 | Standard: WP-EXT-001 v4

1. Plain-Builder Summary

The Aurora Ventilation Duct is an insulated supply/extract duct network for a Heat Recovery Ventilator (HRV) serving a Class 1a dwelling. It must deliver mechanical ventilation in line with NCC H4 (using AS 1668.2/1668.4); where the duct penetrates a fire-resisting separating element it must reinstate that element's FRL via a Performance Solution; and all duct materials and insulation must be durable against in-service conditions. The detailed physical specification (duct sizing, material, insulation R-value, weight) is TBC pending MasterData backfill.

2. Design Pathway Options

This is a single-pathway service part. Each dimension has a fixed compliance route: Deemed-to-Satisfy (DTS) for mechanical ventilation and durability, and a Performance Solution (PS) for fire-stopping where the duct penetrates a fire-rated element. No Option A/B split applies.

Dimension Trigger Route NCC Section Testing required NCC route
Mechanical Ventilation Always DTS H4 No part-level testing DTS
Service Penetration Fire-Stopping Conditional -- duct penetrates a fire-resisting separating element PS H3P1 AS 1530.4 penetration test (conditional) Performance Solution
Material Durability Always DTS H7 Supplier declarations only DTS

Baseline: the duct network complies through DTS for ventilation and durability; the fire-stopping Performance Solution is invoked only where penetrations of fire-rated separating elements occur.

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
Mechanical Ventilation Single Always H4 YES Vol 2 Part H4 (clause-rag-verify-pending) -> AS 1668.2, AS 1668.4 Not required (DTS met) AS 1668.2, AS 1668.4 mechanical services design + duct layout + airflow
Service Penetration Fire-Stopping Single Conditional -- duct penetrates a fire-resisting separating element (party wall, inter-tenancy floor, wall within 900mm of boundary) H3P1 NO No DTS clause path (penetration of FRL element) AS 1530.4 penetration test + AS 4072.1 (clause-rag-verify-pending) AS 1530.4, AS 4072.1 fire-stopping system design + penetration detail + test report
Material Durability Single Always H7 YES Vol 2 Part H7 (clause-rag-verify-pending) -> AS/NZS 3500.1, AS/NZS 3000 Not required (DTS met) AS/NZS 3500.1, AS/NZS 3000 material spec + supplier DoC for duct + insulation + accessories

Scope notes for this matrix: - Thermal whole-building R-value is a system attribute and is scoped out at part level. - Termite management is a site-level system; scoped out. - Acoustic duct attenuation is a system attribute; not mapped at part level. - Smoke alarms (H3P2 / AS 3786) are a separate part; not mapped here.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

Each dimension follows a six-step chain: NCC entry, Performance Requirement, DTS or PS pathway, AS standards, Evidence (D/M/C), and Certifications (D/M/C). Conditional dimensions carry an applicability pill.

4.1
Mechanical Ventilation
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H4
Health and amenity ventilation
DTS Pathway
AS 1668 ventilation
Mechanical ventilation design to AS 1668.2 with AS 1668.4 natural ventilation interface
AS Standards
  • AS 1668.2
  • AS 1668.4
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: mechanical services design + duct layout + airflow
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.2
Service Penetration Fire-Stopping
PS | conditional
Applies when: the duct penetrates a fire-resisting separating element (party wall or inter-tenancy floor between attached Class 1 dwellings, or a wall within 900mm of a boundary)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H3P1
Fire separation between buildings and within buildings
PS Pathway
AS 1530.4 penetration
Proprietary fire-stopping system tested to maintain the FRL of the penetrated element; AS 4072.1 penetration systems
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
  • AS 4072.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: fire-stopping system design + penetration detail + test report
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.3
Material Durability
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Durability of service materials
DTS Pathway
Material declarations
Duct, insulation and accessories declared durable against the applicable service material standards
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 3500.1
  • AS/NZS 3000
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: material spec + supplier DoC for duct + insulation + accessories
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Materials Register

Material Spec Book reference AS standards triggered (number + scope) DoC required from supplier? Status / gap marker
Insulated ductwork This map (VD-001) AS 1668.2 (mechanical ventilation duct) Yes -- duct material durability + fire properties supplier-doc-required (duct DoC)
Duct insulation This map (VD-001) AS/NZS 3500.1 (service material durability) Yes -- insulation declared properties supplier-doc-required (insulation DoC)
Duct fittings and accessories This map (VD-001) AS 1668.2 (mechanical ventilation) Yes -- accessory compliance supplier-doc-required (accessory DoC)
Fire-stopping system at fire-rated penetrations This map (VD-001) (conditional) AS 4072.1, AS 1530.4 (penetration FRL test) Yes -- system certification supplier-doc-required (fire-stop system DoC)
HRV unit interface TBC TBC Yes -- HRV unit compliance compliance-pending (routine)

6. Testing Programme Reference

Test Description Standard Qty Phase Domain Location
A Service Penetration Fire-Stopping AS 1530.4 / AS 4072.1 TBC Phase 2 Fire AU

Gating logic: Mechanical Ventilation and Material Durability comply via DTS and require none of the above part-level tests; the duct network is designed under standard AS 1668 ventilation rules and declared durable via supplier DoC. Test A (penetration fire-stopping) is a Phase 2 extension required only where the duct penetrates a fire-resisting separating element. Thermal whole-building R-value is a system attribute and is not part of this part-level test programme.

8. Spec Book Reconciliation

No standards are currently cited in the Spec Book for VD.

Missing from Spec Book, required:

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS 1668.2 Single ADD add as primary mechanical ventilation standard
AS 1668.4 Single ADD add for natural ventilation interface
AS 1530.4 Single ADD add for penetration fire-resistance test
AS 4072.1 Single ADD add for service penetration sealing systems
AS/NZS 3500.1 Single ADD (reference only) add as service material durability reference
AS/NZS 3000 Single ADD (reference only) add as electrical/service durability reference where applicable

Spec Book reconciliation narrative:

Three paths are available for VD-001: 1) keep the current emphasis and accelerate testing (i.e., procure the fire-stopping test immediately and backfill MasterData specs); 2) pivot to a DTS-only Phase 1 launch -- launch with the ventilation and durability DTS pathways, deferring the fire-stopping Performance Solution until penetrations actually occur; or 3) dual-track both the DTS launch and the fire-stopping test preparation in parallel to retain full design flexibility. Given that VD-001 is a single-pathway service part, option 2 (DTS launch for ventilation and durability, fire-stopping PS only where penetrations arise) is the natural baseline and minimises upfront testing.

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

600 HW Heat Pump Hot Water

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending
Fireengineer-pending
Acousticengineer-pending
Thermalengineer-pending
Connectionssee part tab
TolerancesTBC

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)

Platform / Files (digital twin)

No digital-twin files yet (part not modelled).

1. Plain-Builder Summary

This part covers an air-source heat pump hot water unit for a Class 1a residential building. The system extracts heat from outdoor air and transfers it to stored water, providing heated water to fixtures. It includes the heat pump unit (compressor, evaporator, condenser), a storage tank (capacity TBC), hot and cold water pipework, an electrical final subcircuit, and a tempering valve. The unit is a packaged service appliance installed under the Deemed-to-Satisfy provisions of NCC Volume Two for plumbing, electrical, and energy efficiency. Covers part IDs: HW-001.

2. Design Pathway Options

As a service appliance, there is essentially one compliance pathway: Deemed-to-Satisfy via the relevant service standards. A Performance Solution under NCC A2G2 is available only if a non-standard installation is proposed.

Option Pathway Role Testing required NCC route
DTS Standard service installation Packaged heat pump hot water unit installed to AS/NZS 3500.4, AS/NZS 3000, energy-rated to AS/NZS 4234 No part-level destructive testing; product performance via supplier certification Deemed-to-Satisfy

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
Heated Water Service DTS Always H2 Yes Standard heated water services design to AS/NZS 3500.4 + AS/NZS 3500.1, with mandatory delivery-temperature limitation (tempering valve) Performance Solution under A2G2 only if non-standard installation AS/NZS 3500.4 (heated water services), AS/NZS 3500.1 (cold water services) Plumbing design + AS/NZS 3500.4 layout + installation compliance statement
Electrical Service DTS Always clause-rag-verify-pending (electrical installation) Yes Final subcircuit + isolation to the Wiring Rules (AS/NZS 3000, AS/NZS 3008.1.1) Performance Solution under A2G2 only if non-standard installation AS/NZS 3000 (Wiring Rules), AS/NZS 3008.1.1 (cable selection) Electrical design + final subcircuit certificate
Energy Efficiency DTS Always H6P2 Yes Heat pump water heater energy consumption rated per AS/NZS 4234, contributing to dwelling energy efficiency provisions (clause-rag-verify-pending) Performance Solution under A2G2 only if non-standard installation AS/NZS 4234 (energy consumption of water heaters), AS/NZS 5125.1 (heat pump water heaters) Energy rating certificate + AS/NZS 4234 calculation
Material Durability DTS Always H7 Yes Durable materials selected per AS/NZS 3500.1 and AS/NZS 3500.4 Performance Solution under A2G2 only if non-standard installation AS/NZS 3500.1 (cold water services), AS/NZS 3500.4 (heated water materials) Durable materials schedule from supplier
Material Register / Evidence of Suitability DTS Always A5G3 Yes Each component declared against product standard; supplier DoCs + performance certificate + RCM + WaterMark consolidated into Product Technical Statement Performance Solution under A2G2 only if non-standard installation AS/NZS 5125.1, AS/NZS 4234, AS/NZS 3500.4, AS/NZS 3000, AS/NZS 4417.2 (RCM) PTS + supplier DoCs

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

4.1
Heated Water Service
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2
Water services and weatherproofing
DTS Pathway
AS/NZS 3500 design
Heated water service installed to AS/NZS 3500.4 with delivery-temperature limitation (tempering valve) and cold supply to AS/NZS 3500.1
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 3500.4
  • AS/NZS 3500.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: plumbing design + AS/NZS 3500.4 layout
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.2
Electrical Service
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Electrical install
Safe electrical installation (clause-rag-verify-pending)
DTS Pathway
Wiring Rules
Dedicated final subcircuit, isolation and cable selection to the Wiring Rules
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 3000
  • AS/NZS 3008.1.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: electrical design + final subcircuit
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.3
Energy Efficiency
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H6P2
Energy usage of building services
DTS Pathway
AS/NZS 4234 rating
Heat pump water heater energy consumption rated per AS/NZS 4234, supporting the dwelling energy efficiency provisions (clause-rag-verify-pending)
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4234
  • AS/NZS 5125.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: energy rating + AS/NZS 4234 calc
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.4
Material Durability
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Durability of building elements
DTS Pathway
Durable materials
Service components selected for durability per the AS/NZS service standards
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 3500.1
  • AS/NZS 3500.4
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: durable materials schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.5
Evidence of Suitability
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
A5G3
Evidence of suitability framework
DTS Pathway
Material declarations
Each component declared against its product standard; supplier DoCs, performance certificate, RCM and WaterMark consolidated into a Product Technical Statement
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 5125.1
  • AS/NZS 4234
  • AS/NZS 3500.4
  • AS/NZS 3000
  • AS/NZS 4417.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + supplier DoCs
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Materials Register

Material Spec Book reference AS standards triggered (number + scope) DoC required from supplier? Status / gap marker
Heat pump unit (compressor, evaporator, condenser) TBC AS/NZS 5125.1 (heat pump performance), AS/NZS 3500.4 (heated water service) Yes supplier-doc-required
Hot water storage tank (if separate) TBC AS/NZS 3500.4 (installation), AS/NZS 4234 (energy rating applicability) Yes supplier-doc-required
Hot water delivery pipework TBC AS/NZS 3500.4 (heated water pipework), AS/NZS 3500.1 (water service materials), AS 1432 or AS/NZS 2492 (pipe standards) Yes supplier-doc-required
Cold water connection pipework TBC AS/NZS 3500.1 (cold water services) Yes supplier-doc-required
Electrical final subcircuit and isolator TBC AS/NZS 3000 (Wiring Rules), AS/NZS 3008.1.1 (cable selection) Yes supplier-doc-required
Tempering valve TBC AS/NZS 3500.4 (mandatory temperature limitation), AS/NZS 5200.000 (WaterMark) Yes supplier-doc-required

6. Testing Programme Reference

No destructive testing is required for this part. The product certification activities below document supplier performance.

Test Description Standard Qty Phase Domain Location
P1 Heat pump performance rating AS/NZS 5125.1 1 Phase 1 Energy Supplier
P2 Energy consumption calculation AS/NZS 4234 1 Phase 1 Energy Supplier/engineer

The DTS pathway for a packaged heat pump hot water unit requires no destructive testing. Product performance is established by supplier certification (AS/NZS 5125.1) and the energy rating (AS/NZS 4234). A Performance Solution under NCC A2G2 would only be triggered by a non-standard installation and is not part of this pilot.

8. Spec Book Reconciliation

Currently cited in Spec Book

Standard cited in Spec Book Verdict Action
(none cited yet) n/a Spec Book service section to be created

Missing from Spec Book, required

Plumbing

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS/NZS 3500.4 DTS ADD Required for heated water service installation
AS/NZS 3500.1 DTS ADD Required for cold water service and general plumbing

Electrical

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS/NZS 3000 DTS ADD Wiring Rules for final subcircuit
AS/NZS 3008.1.1 DTS ADD Cable selection

Energy

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS/NZS 4234 DTS ADD Water heater energy rating
AS/NZS 5125.1 DTS ADD Heat pump performance

Material

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS/NZS 4417.2 DTS ADD RCM marking for electrical compliance

Adam, you have three options for the Spec Book narrative:

  1. Keep the current emphasis and accelerate adoption: fully document the DTS service standards now and push to lock the heat pump hot water spec for launch. This clears an immediate compliance path but depends on supplier selection and an energy rating being obtained.
  2. Pivot the Spec Book to a minimal DTS-for-launch service section: cite only the core plumbing, electrical and energy standards needed to install and energy-rate the unit, defer detailed sub-clauses to the July procurement. This is the fastest route to a launch-ready spec, at the trade-off of less detail until standards are procured.
  3. Dual-track the Spec Book: carry both a launch-ready DTS service section and a forward note for a Performance Solution route (A2G2) reserved only for non-standard installations. This is the most transparent and flexible approach but requires more document maintenance.

The current selection is option 2 (spec_book_narrative_decision = 2), a pivot to a DTS-for-launch service section.

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

650 LIN Pre-Finished Wall Liner

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending
Fireengineer-pending
Acousticengineer-pending
Thermalengineer-pending
Connectionssee part tab
TolerancesTBC

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)

Platform / Files (digital twin)

No digital-twin files yet (part not modelled).

Pre-Finished Wall Liner -- NCC/AS Compliance Map

Type id: LIN | Covers part IDs: LIN-001 | NCC Class 1a

1. Plain-Builder Summary

The Aurora Pre-Finished Wall Liner is a satin-smooth, pre-coloured wall covering supplied in 2700 mm wide x 20 m rolls (min. 1.3 mm thick). It is iron-on bonded to the internal face of SIP wall and ceiling panels using a factory-applied 3M Y582A heat-activated film, delivering a painted-plasterboard appearance with zero site painting. The liner is purely a surface finish -- it carries no structural load, no external weatherproofing duty, and no bushfire resistance. Because Aurora builds only Class 1a houses, the heavy Volume One lining-fire tests (group ratings, AS 1530.1, AS 1530.3, AS 5637.1, AS/NZS 3837, AS 5113) do not apply. Its compliance footprint is therefore small: material fitness for purpose is always required; fire and acoustic duties only arise when the liner is part of a separating (party) wall between attached dwellings; and waterproofing only applies in wet areas. In all other locations the liner is finished under evidence-of-suitability, backed by a Product Technical Statement and supplier declarations.

2. Design Pathway Note

A liner has a single compliance pathway per dimension -- no structural Option A / Option B split. Material fitness for purpose is satisfied Deemed-to-Satisfy (DtS) via NCC A5G3 evidence of suitability, with supplier DoC consolidated into a Product Technical Statement. The conditional party-wall fire and acoustic duties follow Performance Solution pathways based on full-scale assembly tests. The conditional wet-area duty follows a DtS pathway to AS 3740.

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
Material - liner product fitness for purpose Both Always NCC A5G3 (Evidence of suitability) clause-rag-verify-pending YES Supplier DoC + PTS N/A NCC A5G3; AS/NZS 2588 / 2589 (plasterboard comparison only) PTS + liner spec + film TDS
Fire - protective face of FRL-rated separating (party) wall Both Conditional: the liner forms the lining of an FRL-rated separating (party) wall between attached Class 1a dwellings (duplex / townhouse), or a wall within 900 mm of a boundary or within 1.8 m of another building on the same allotment NCC 2022 Vol 2 Class 1a H3P1 (fire separation) clause-rag-verify-pending NO N/A Full-scale AS 1530.4 test on separating-wall assembly, targeting FRL 60/60/60 AS 1530.4 rated wall assembly design + liner lining detail
Acoustic - element of rated separating (party) wall Both Conditional: the liner forms part of an acoustically rated separating (party) wall between attached Class 1a dwellings (duplex / townhouse) NCC 2022 Vol 2 Class 1a (Rw + Ctr >= 50 between Class 1 dwellings) clause-rag-verify-pending NO N/A Laboratory measurement and rating to AS/NZS ISO 10140 and AS/NZS ISO 717.1 on assembly with liner AS/NZS ISO 10140; AS/NZS ISO 717.1 acoustic assembly design + liner element detail
Waterproofing - wet-area liner Both Conditional: the liner is used as a lining within a wet area (bathroom, shower, or laundry) NCC 2022 Vol 2 Class 1a H4 (wet areas / waterproofing of wet areas) clause-rag-verify-pending YES AS 3740 (waterproofing of domestic wet areas) N/A AS 3740 wet-area waterproofing design to AS 3740

Scope notes: Structural, external weatherproofing and bushfire dimensions do not apply to a non-structural internal liner. The Volume One lining-fire tests (Group ratings, AS 1530.1, AS 1530.3, AS 5637.1, AS/NZS 3837, AS 5113) are not triggered for Class 1a construction and have been removed from this map.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

Six-step compliance chain per applicable dimension. NCC entry, Performance Requirement, DTS or PS pathway, AS standards triggered, Evidence (Design, Manufacture, Construct), Certifications (Design Consultant, Manufacturer, Builder). Conditional dimensions carry an applicability pill before the chain.

4.1
Material Fitness for Purpose
Material | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC A5G3
Evidence of suitability framework
Performance Requirement
Fit-for-purpose
Liner properties declared per Product Technical Statement
DTS Pathway
Material declarations
Liner roll and 3M Y582A film declared via supplier DoC, consolidated into a Product Technical Statement; AS/NZS 2588/2589 cited as plasterboard comparison only
AS Standards
  • NCC A5G3
  • AS/NZS 2588 (comparison)
  • AS/NZS 2589 (comparison)
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + liner spec + film TDS
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.2
Fire - protective face of FRL-rated separating (party) wall
Party Wall | PS
the liner forms the lining of an FRL-rated separating (party) wall between attached Class 1a dwellings (duplex / townhouse), or a wall within 900 mm of a boundary or within 1.8 m of another building on the same allotment
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2 Class 1a
H3P1 fire separation between buildings and within buildings
Performance Requirement
H3P1
FRL not less than 60/60/60 (tested from outside) per AS 1530.4
PS Pathway
Performance Solution
Full-scale AS 1530.4 test on separating-wall assembly with liner lining, targeting FRL 60/60/60
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: rated wall assembly design + liner lining detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.3
Acoustic - element of rated separating (party) wall
Party Wall | PS
the liner forms part of an acoustically rated separating (party) wall between attached Class 1a dwellings (duplex / townhouse)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2 Class 1a
Separating wall acoustic
Performance Requirement
Rw + Ctr >= 50
Sound insulation between Class 1 dwellings
PS Pathway
Performance Solution
Laboratory measurement and rating per AS/NZS ISO 10140 and AS/NZS ISO 717.1 on assembly with liner
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS ISO 10140
  • AS/NZS ISO 717.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: acoustic assembly design + liner element detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.4
Waterproofing - wet-area liner
Wet Area | DTS
the liner is used as a lining within a wet area (bathroom, shower, or laundry)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2 Class 1a
Wet areas
Performance Requirement
H4
Waterproofing of domestic wet areas
DTS Pathway
AS 3740
Compliance with AS 3740 for waterproofing of wet areas
AS Standards
  • AS 3740
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: wet-area waterproofing design to AS 3740
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Materials Register

Material Spec Book reference AS standards triggered (number + scope) DoC required from supplier? Status / gap marker
Pre-finished wall liner roll (LIN-001) This type (LIN-001) NCC A5G3 (fitness for purpose); AS/NZS 2588 (comparison); AS/NZS 2589 (comparison) Yes supplier-doc-required
3M Y582A heat-activated bonding film This type (LIN-001) NCC A5G3 (evidence of suitability) Yes supplier-doc-required

6. Testing Programme Reference

Test Description Standard Qty Phase Domain Location
A Party Wall FRL (conditional) AS 1530.4 TBC Phase 2 Fire AU
B Acoustic Party Wall (conditional) AS/NZS ISO 10140 + AS/NZS ISO 717.1 TBC Phase 2 Acoustic AU

For a standard internal liner (material fitness-for-purpose pathway only) NONE of the above tests are required. The wall lining is finished under the NCC A5G3 evidence-of-suitability pathway, supported by supplier DoC and a Product Technical Statement. Tests A and B are conditional extensions, triggered ONLY when the liner forms part of a rated separating (party) wall between attached Class 1a dwellings: Test A unlocks the party-wall FRL, Test B unlocks the party-wall acoustic rating. The wet-area waterproofing duty is satisfied DtS to AS 3740, with no part-level laboratory test required.

8. Spec Book Reconciliation

8.1 Existing Spec Book citations

Standard cited in Spec Book Verdict Action
No liner standards currently cited (new KoP item) n/a populate per sub-table 2

8.2 Missing standards -- grouped by domain

Material

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
NCC A5G3 Both ADD Primary evidence-of-suitability pathway for liner fitness
AS/NZS 2588 Both ADD (reference only) Plasterboard product specification comparison only
AS/NZS 2589 Both ADD (reference only) Plasterboard application standard comparison only

Fire

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS 1530.4 Both ADD Party-wall FRL test, conditional on project

Acoustic

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS/NZS ISO 10140 Both ADD Laboratory sound transmission measurement
AS/NZS ISO 717.1 Both ADD Sound insulation rating from measured values

Waterproofing

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS 3740 Both ADD Wet-area waterproofing, conditional on project

8.3 Adam's options for the Spec Book narrative

  1. Keep the current emphasis and accelerate testing -- commission the Phase 2 fire and acoustic tests for the party-wall assembly now, so the liner carries a fully demonstrated suitability for all Class 1 applications on launch.
  2. Launch on the material-only DtS pathway for Phase 1 -- release the liner for general internal lining (non-wet, non-party walls) under A5G3, and add the conditional party-wall and wet-area duties only as projects require, with performance solutions delivered per project.
  3. Dual-track: publish a material baseline in the Spec Book (DtS, A5G3) together with conditional duty addenda for party-wall fire/acoustic (PS, tests required) and wet-area waterproofing (DtS, AS 3740), with clear phase labels so designers know what is ready now and what unlocks later.
Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

800 JN-CARC Joinery Carcass

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending
Fireengineer-pending
Acousticengineer-pending
Thermalengineer-pending
Connectionssee part tab
TolerancesTBC

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)

Platform / Files (digital twin)

No digital-twin files yet (part not modelled).

NCC Compliance Map -- Joinery Carcass (type JN-CARC)

1. Plain-Builder Summary

This compliance map covers the Aurora Living internal joinery carcass -- a non-loadbearing, pre-assembled moisture-resistant MDF cabinetry unit used in kitchens (JN-001), bathroom vanities (JN-002), wardrobes (JN-003), and linen/storage (JN-004). Because it is internal cabinetry in a Class 1a dwelling, the baseline compliance path is straightforward Deemed-to-Satisfy through material standards and cabinetry-performance declarations. Wet-area waterproofing applies only to the kitchen and vanity variants, and there are conditional fire and acoustic requirements only if the carcass is integrated into a required fire-separating or inter-tenancy acoustic assembly. Standard DTS declarations cover the carcass's structural adequacy, formaldehyde emissions, durability, and rising damp mitigation; no physical fire or acoustic tests are required for typical installations.

2. Design Pathway Options

Joinery is predominantly a Deemed-to-Satisfy (DTS) problem for internal cabinetry; the material-based pathway uses panel-product certifications and cabinetry fitness-for-purpose standards. A Performance Solution pathway is invoked solely when the carcass forms part of a fire- or acoustic-separating element, because no DTS route exists for those conditions. The table below summarises the two pathway options.

Pathway Scope When it applies Testing required NCC route
DTS baseline Material suitability, structural adequacy, durability, waterproofing (wet areas), damp protection Standard installation -- carcass is internal, non-loadbearing, not in a separating element None beyond supplier declarations and standard cabinetry performance evidence Deemed-to-Satisfy
Performance Solution (conditional) Fire resistance when forming part of a fire-separating assembly; acoustic separation when integrated into an inter-tenancy separating wall Only where the carcass is built into a required fire-rated or sound-rated separating element Laboratory fire test to AS 1530.4 (conditional); laboratory sound insulation test to AS/NZS ISO 10140 (conditional) Performance Solution

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
Waterproofing of wet-area joinery DTS Conditional (joinery in a wet area: JN-001 kitchen, JN-002 vanity) H4 YES wet-area waterproofing to AS 3740 Not required AS 3740 (waterproofing of domestic wet areas) waterproofing design/detail, installer waterproofing certificate, photo evidence
Formaldehyde emission from wood-based panels DTS Always (carcass is MR MDF, a wood-based panel) A5G3 [clause-rag-verify-pending] YES formaldehyde emission classification via AS/NZS 1859 panel-product series with emission test method AS/NZS 4266.16 Not required AS/NZS 1859.1 (dry-process fibreboard), AS/NZS 1859.2 (MDF), AS/NZS 4266.16 (formaldehyde emission test) supplier DoC with formaldehyde emission class, panel grade certificate
Structural adequacy of cabinetry (cabinet load capacity) DTS Always (cabinetry units) A5G3 [clause-rag-verify-pending] YES cabinetry performance to AS/NZS 4386 Not required AS/NZS 4386 (domestic kitchen and bathroom cabinetry) cabinetry performance DoC / load and cycle test data, hardware load ratings
Material durability of timber/wood-based joinery components DTS Always (wood-based components present) H7 YES material durability declaration; note termite barrier is a site-level system scoped out at the part level Not required AS 3660.1 (termite management, site-level reference only) material durability declaration, MR MDF moisture-resistance grade
Rising damp and ground moisture protection DTS Conditional (wet-area joinery over slab: kitchen/vanity) H2P3 YES standard damp-proofing / DPC at slab [clause-deferred-July for AS detail] Not required standard DPC, AS detail [clause-deferred-July] DPC detail at carcass base, photo evidence
Acoustic separation when joinery forms part of an inter-tenancy separating element Conditional PS Conditional (joinery integrated into a separating wall between dwellings) inter-tenancy separating-wall acoustic provision [clause-rag-verify-pending] NO N/A laboratory sound insulation test to AS/NZS ISO 10140, rated to AS/NZS ISO 717.1 AS/NZS ISO 10140, AS/NZS ISO 717.1 acoustic test report (Rw+Ctr), separating-element design
Fire resistance when joinery forms part of a fire-separating assembly Conditional PS Conditional (joinery in a required fire-separating element, e.g. within 900mm of a boundary or party-wall application) H3P1 NO N/A fire-resistance test of the assembly to AS 1530.4 (target FRL 60/60/60) AS 1530.4 fire-resistance test report, separating-element design

Scope notes for this matrix: The bench/worktop surface attributes (engineered-stone or solid-surface tops, slip resistance, etc.) are mapped on the composite-stone surface-finish part, not on this joinery carcass type. Thermal whole-wall R-value and the site-level termite barrier system are not part-level attributes of internal joinery. For Class 1a buildings, no Group rating or non-combustibility requirement applies to internal cabinetry.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

The following chain cards map each applicable compliance dimension to its NCC entry, performance requirement, pathway, standards, evidence and certification chain.

4.1
Wet-Area Waterproofing
DTS
joinery is located in a wet area (kitchen JN-001 or bathroom vanity JN-002)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H4
Wet-area waterproofing
DTS Pathway
AS 3740
Wet-area waterproofing to AS 3740 at carcass base and wall junctions
AS Standards
  • AS 3740
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: wet-area waterproofing detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.2
Formaldehyde Emission
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
A5G3
Evidence of suitability (low formaldehyde)
DTS Pathway
AS/NZS 1859 + 4266.16
Panel emission class via AS/NZS 1859 series, test AS/NZS 4266.16
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 1859.1
  • AS/NZS 1859.2
  • AS/NZS 4266.16
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: panel spec + DoC
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.3
Cabinetry Structural Adequacy
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
A5G3
Cabinet load capacity fit-for-purpose
DTS Pathway
AS/NZS 4386
Cabinetry performance to AS/NZS 4386; hardware load ratings
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4386
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: cabinetry design + load schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.4
Material Durability
DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Material durability
DTS Pathway
Durability declaration
MR MDF moisture-resistant grade; site termite barrier out of scope at part level
AS Standards
  • AS 3660.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: materials durability spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.5
Rising Damp Protection
DTS
wet-area joinery sits over a ground-level slab or enclosed subfloor
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H2P3
Rising damp and ground moisture
DTS Pathway
Standard DPC
Damp-proof course at slab; carcass base isolated from moisture
AS Standards
  • as applicable [clause-deferred-July]
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: DPC detail at base
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.6
Acoustic Separating Element
PS
joinery is integrated into an inter-tenancy separating wall between Class 1 dwellings
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Sep. wall acoustic
Separating-wall acoustic Rw+Ctr
PS Pathway
AS/NZS ISO 10140
Laboratory sound insulation test, rated to AS/NZS ISO 717.1
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS ISO 10140
  • AS/NZS ISO 717.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: acoustic prelim + separating-element design
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.7
Fire-Separating Assembly
PS
joinery forms part of a required fire-separating element (within 900mm of a boundary, or a party wall between attached dwellings)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H3P1
Fire separation
PS Pathway
AS 1530.4
Fire-resistance test of the assembly to AS 1530.4 (target FRL 60/60/60)
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: fire-separating assembly design
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Materials Register

Material Spec Book reference AS standards triggered (number + scope) DoC required from supplier? Status / gap marker
Carcass MR MDF + melamine This type (JN-CARC) AS/NZS 1859.1, AS/NZS 1859.2, AS/NZS 4266.16 Yes supplier-doc-required
PVC edging This type (JN-CARC) None No no-gap
Screws / dowels This type (JN-CARC) None No no-gap
Aluminium kickboard This type (JN-CARC) None No no-gap
Doors (2-pack PU / HPL on MDF core) This type (JN-CARC) AS/NZS 1859.2, AS/NZS 4266.16 Yes supplier-doc-required
Soft-close hinges (Blum/Hettich) This type (JN-CARC) None (durability covered by AS/NZS 4386) No no-gap
Drawer boxes (Blum/Hettich) This type (JN-CARC) AS/NZS 4386 Yes compliance-pending
Wet-area sealant (JN-001, JN-002) This type (JN-CARC) AS 3740 Yes compliance-pending

6. Testing Programme Reference

Test Description Standard Qty Phase Domain Location
A Cabinetry Performance declaration AS/NZS 4386 TBC Phase 1 Material AU Supplier declaration
B Formaldehyde Emission supplier test AS/NZS 4266.16 TBC Phase 1 Material AU Supplier test report
C Fire-Separating Assembly FRL (conditional) AS 1530.4 TBC Phase 2 Fire (conditional) AU NATA-accredited fire lab
D Acoustic Separating Element (conditional) AS/NZS ISO 10140 + 717.1 TBC Phase 2 Acoustic (conditional) AU NATA-accredited acoustic lab

Standard cabinetry (DTS baseline) requires none of the physical separating-element tests. Material declarations (Tests A and B) support the DTS material pathway; they are supplier declarations, not physical testing of each project. Tests C and D are conditional Phase 2 activities triggered only where the joinery forms part of a fire- or acoustic-separating assembly.

8. Spec Book Reconciliation

Currently cited in Spec Book

No standards are currently cited for this type in the Spec Book (no joinery carcass spec-book entry exists).

Standard cited in Spec Book Verdict Action
None cited (no JN spec-book entry) ADD Create JN-CARC spec-book entry with the standards below

Missing from Spec Book, required

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
Material
AS/NZS 4386 DTS ADD Include cabinetry performance standard for structural adequacy
AS/NZS 1859.1 DTS ADD Reference panel product standard for dry-process fibreboard (carcass MDF)
AS/NZS 1859.2 DTS ADD Reference MDF standard
AS/NZS 4266.16 DTS ADD Reference formaldehyde emission test method
Waterproofing
AS 3740 DTS (wet-area variants) ADD Reference wet-area waterproofing for JN-001, JN-002
Durability
AS 3660.1 DTS ADD (reference only) Site-level termite management; part-level only acknowledges the standard
Fire
AS 1530.4 Conditional PS DEFER (Phase 2) Only needed if carcass forms part of a fire-separating assembly
Acoustic
AS/NZS ISO 10140 Conditional PS DEFER (Phase 2) Only needed if carcass forms part of an acoustic separating element
AS/NZS ISO 717.1 Conditional PS DEFER (Phase 2) Rating standard for laboratory sound insulation

Spec Book narrative options

  1. Keep current emphasis and accelerate testing. Complete the Phase 2 conditional fire and acoustic tests now so that the joinery carcass is fully pre-qualified for any boundary or separating-wall installation. This front-loads cost and time but yields a single unconditional product range.
  2. Pivot to a DTS-only Phase 1 launch. Treat the carcass as a standard DTS material-and-cabinetry declaration, explicitly exclude separating-element use cases from the scope of supply, and rely on project-specific professional engineering for any future conditional installations. This eliminates Phase 2 testing and lets the product ship as soon as the material declarations are in hand.
  3. Dual-track. Maintain the DTS baseline for the majority of installations and label the conditional fire/acoustic Performance Solution extensions as optional, clearly set apart. Use this map exactly as written: Phase 1 locks down all DTS evidence; Phase 2 is triggered only on projects that need a separating-element carcass, and those tests are project-funded. This preserves flexibility but keeps the initial launch light.

spec_book_narrative_decision is pending Adam Strong's selection from the three options above.

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

800 JN-STONE Stone Benchtop

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending
Fireengineer-pending
Acousticengineer-pending
Thermalengineer-pending
Connectionssee part tab
TolerancesTBC

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)

Platform / Files (digital twin)

No digital-twin files yet (part not modelled).

1. Plain-Builder Summary

This type covers a silica-free stone benchtop used as a surface joinery element on cabinetry in a Class 1a dwelling. It is not load-bearing, fire-separating, or acoustic-separating. Two construction options are available under one compliance type: Option 1 uses a 20mm silica-free composite stone slab (Caesarstone-type, silica removed) with 20mm edges; Option 2 uses an ultra-compact porcelain panel (Dekton-type) laminated to a wood-based backing substrate with a 20mm apron. Compliance is achieved through deemed-to-satisfy material declarations (including silica-free and low-formaldehyde evidence) plus wet-area waterproofing where the bench is located in a kitchen, bathroom, or laundry. No structural or fire test suite is required.

2. Design Pathway Options

Option Construction Surface material Edge detail Substrate Material compliance route Notes
Option 1 Composite stone slab, 20mm Silica-free composite stone (Caesarstone-type) 20mm edge None (solid slab) DTS material declaration (A5G3) Surface is entirely mineral; no wood-based components.
Option 2 Porcelain-on-backing assembly Ultra-compact porcelain (Dekton-type) 20mm apron Wood-based backing panel DTS material declaration (A5G3) plus formaldehyde & durability Porcelain is non-combustible mineral; backing is combustible, wood-based.

Baseline: Both options comply by deemed-to-satisfy material declaration under NCC A5G3 (evidence of suitability). Where the benchtop is installed in a wet area (kitchen, bathroom, laundry), the waterproofing provisions of NCC H4 apply to both options. Option 2 additionally must address formaldehyde emission from the wood-based substrate and the durability requirements of NCC H7 for the substrate in a wet-area service condition.

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
D1: Material Surface Attributes Both Always (bench surface fitness for purpose) A5G3 Yes Material declaration route Not required (DTS material declaration) clause-deferred-July (no single AS standard for bench surface material; declaration-based) Product Technical Statement, silica-free declaration (Option 1) / porcelain technical data (Option 2), fitness-for-purpose statement
D2: Waterproofing of wet-area joinery Both Conditional: bench located in wet area (kitchen, bathroom, laundry) H4 Yes AS 3740 Not required (DTS material declaration) AS 3740 Wet-area waterproofing design, junction/sealant detail, installation inspection
D3: Formaldehyde emission from wood-based backing Option 2 Conditional: Option 2 porcelain backing substrate or any wood-based panel substrate is used A5G3 Yes AS/NZS 1859 series + AS/NZS 4266.16 Not required (DTS material declaration) AS/NZS 1859.1, AS/NZS 1859.2, AS/NZS 4266.16 Substrate supplier formaldehyde class certificate
D4: Durability of timber substrate / backing components Option 2 Conditional: a timber or wood-based backing substrate is present (Option 2) H7 Yes Moisture-resistant grade declaration (standard clause-deferred-July) Not required (DTS material declaration) clause-deferred-July (specific durability standard not yet procured) Substrate durability declaration, moisture-resistant grade confirmation

Scope notes: AS/NZS 4386 (cabinetry structural) is N/A for the benchtop surface. AS 4586 slip resistance is N/A (benchtop not trafficable). Acoustic and fire-separation dimensions are N/A. There is no structural or weathertightness test suite for this part.

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

Below are the compliance pathway cards for each applicable dimension. Conditional dimensions carry a chain-row__applies pill before the chain.

4.1
Material Surface Attributes
DTS | Material
NCC Entry
NCC A5G3
Evidence of suitability framework
Performance Requirement
Fit-for-purpose
Material properties declared per Product Technical Statement
DTS Pathway
Material declaration
Composite stone silica-free declaration or porcelain technical data consolidated into a Product Technical Statement
AS Standards
  • clause-deferred-July (no single AS standard for benchtop surface material; declaration-based)
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: PTS + material declaration
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.2
Wet-Area Waterproofing
DTS | Conditional
benchtop is installed in a wet area (kitchen, bathroom, or laundry)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H4
Wet-area waterproofing
DTS Pathway
AS 3740
Wet-area waterproofing and sealant detailing to AS 3740 at junctions, splashbacks and cutouts
AS Standards
  • AS 3740
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: wet-area waterproofing detail + sealant spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.3
Formaldehyde Emission
DTS | Conditional
Option 2 porcelain backing substrate or any wood-based panel substrate is used
NCC Entry
NCC A5G3
Evidence of suitability framework
Performance Requirement
Low-formaldehyde
Wood-based panel emission class declared
DTS Pathway
AS/NZS 1859 series
Substrate formaldehyde emission class declared per AS/NZS 1859, test method AS/NZS 4266.16
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 1859.1
  • AS/NZS 1859.2
  • AS/NZS 4266.16
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: substrate formaldehyde class spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
a timber or wood-based backing substrate is present (Option 2)
4.4
Substrate Durability
DTS | Conditional
a timber or wood-based backing substrate is present (Option 2)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H7
Durability
DTS Pathway
Moisture-resistant grade
Wood-based backing specified to a moisture-resistant grade suited to wet-area service; durability standard `clause-deferred-July`
AS Standards
  • `clause-deferred-July`
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: substrate durability spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Materials Register

Material Spec Book reference AS standards triggered (number + scope) DoC required from supplier? Status / gap marker
Composite stone slab (Option 1) This type (JN-STONE) clause-deferred-July (material declaration route) Yes supplier-doc-required (silica-free declaration)
Ultra-compact porcelain panel (Option 2) This type (JN-STONE) clause-deferred-July (material declaration route) Yes supplier-doc-required (porcelain technical data)
Wood-based backing substrate (Option 2) This type (JN-STONE) AS/NZS 1859.1, AS/NZS 1859.2, AS/NZS 4266.16 Yes compliance-pending (formaldehyde class TBC)
Edge / apron This type (JN-STONE) clause-deferred-July (material declaration) No no-gap (part of slab/panel; material declaration covered above)
Wet-area silicone adhesive / sealant This type (JN-STONE) AS 3740 (waterproofing) Yes supplier-doc-required (sealant spec and compatibility)

6. Testing Programme Reference

This part has no destructive test programme; compliance is achieved entirely by material declarations and wet-area waterproofing inspection.

Test Description Standard Qty Phase Domain Location
Declaration verification Review of supplier material declarations (silica-free, formaldehyde class, porcelain tech data) N/A 1 Pre-install Material Off-site / project document control

Gating logic: This part requires none of the SIP-style structural Tests A--J. Compliance is achieved by supplier material declarations (silica-free composite stone, porcelain technical data, substrate formaldehyde class) plus wet-area waterproofing built and inspected to AS 3740. No Phase 1 / Phase 2 destructive testing applies at the benchtop part level.

8. Spec Book Reconciliation

Currently cited in Spec Book

Standard cited in Spec Book Verdict Action
TBC (spec book entry not yet confirmed) KEEP Confirm spec book version and existing citations; add this type.

Missing from Spec Book, required

Waterproofing | Standard | Option(s) | Verdict | |----------|-----------|---------| | AS 3740 | Both | ADD |

Material (Formaldehyde) | Standard | Option(s) | Verdict | |----------|-----------|---------| | AS/NZS 1859.1 | Option 2 | ADD | | AS/NZS 1859.2 | Option 2 | ADD | | AS/NZS 4266.16 | Option 2 | ADD |

Adam, there are three practical ways to move this forward: (1) Keep the benchtop as a pure material-declaration DTS item and add AS 3740 plus the formaldehyde standards to the relevant Spec Book section, leaning on supplier documents for evidence. (2) Extend the type to require a consolidated Product Technical Statement from the supplier before any project use, which formalises all the declarations in one document and simplifies project compliance checks. (3) Dual-track composite stone and porcelain as two declared sub-specifications under the same type, sharing the wet-area and (where applicable) formaldehyde requirements, so each option has clear, traceable evidence paths without conflating the two.

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

850 FF-OAK Engineered Oak Flooring

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending
Fireengineer-pending
Acousticengineer-pending
Thermalengineer-pending
Connectionssee part tab
TolerancesTBC

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)

Platform / Files (digital twin)

No digital-twin files yet (part not modelled).

Engineered Oak Flooring Compliance Map

1. Plain-Builder Summary

The Engineered Oak Flooring is a 19mm tongue-and-groove overlay with a 4mm European oak wear layer and 15mm plywood backing, glued down over the Aurora composite structural floor. For a standard detached Class 1a home the finish follows simple DTS rules for slip, termite management, thermal performance and timber material. The structural substrate is a separate Aurora part delivered under a Performance Solution, so the finish-layer installation uses that same PS design. If you are building attached dwellings where the floor separates two homes then fire and acoustic tests will be required under a Phase 2 Performance Solution; until those tests are done, use Option A (DTS) for standalone homes.

2. Design Pathway Options

Option Pathway Finish role Substrate Capacity Testing required NCC route
Option A DTS (Phase 1 baseline) Walking surface over composite floor Aurora composite structural floor Standard residential; serviceability per design Slip rating (Test A); supplier DoCs Deemed-to-Satisfy via NCC Vol 2 Housing Provisions and relevant AS
Option B Performance Solution (Phase 2 unlock) Walking surface + separating-floor fire & acoustic Aurora composite structural floor Standard residential + fire/acoustic separation for attached dwellings Slip rating (Test A) + Separating-floor FRL (Test B) + Acoustic tests (Test C) + Floor R-value (Test D) Performance Solution under NCC A2G2 + A5

Baseline: Option A is the Phase 1 launch path for standalone homes. Option B unlocks attached-dwelling separating-floor performance, gated on Phase 2 testing.

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
D1 Structural serviceability of the finish B Always H1 NO N/A Design + Installation in accordance with Aurora composite floor PS design AS/NZS 1170 Structural design actions, AS 1720.1 Timber structures Structural design sign-off, PS design statement, installation inspection photos
D2 Slip resistance A Always NCC Housing Provisions slip provision YES Slip resistance classification in accordance with NCC Housing Provisions and AS 4586 N/A AS 4586 Slip resistance classification of new pedestrian surface materials, AS 4663 Slip resistance of existing pedestrian surfaces Supplier slip-rating test report or certification
D3 Wet-area waterproofing A Conditional: only where the oak finish is laid in a wet area H4 YES AS 3740 waterproofing of wet areas within residential buildings N/A AS 3740 Waterproofing of domestic wet areas, AS 4858 Waterproofing membranes for external above-ground use, AS 3958.1 Ceramic tiles Waterproofing design, membrane installation, flood test report
D4 Impact and airborne acoustic of a separating floor B Conditional: only where the floor separates attached Class 1a dwellings NCC Vol 2 separating-element acoustic provision NO N/A Acoustic performance via lab test (PS) AS/NZS ISO 717.2 Impact sound insulation rating, AS/NZS ISO 717.1 Airborne sound insulation rating, AS/NZS ISO 10140 Laboratory measurement of sound insulation Acoustic test report, design of separating floor configuration
D5 Fire-resisting separating floor (FRL) B Conditional: only where the floor separates attached Class 1a dwellings requiring an FRL H3P1 NO N/A Fire resistance via test (PS) AS 1530.4 Fire-resistance tests of elements of construction Fire test report, design of separating floor configuration
D6 Thermal performance of a floor element A Conditional: where the floor forms part of a thermal envelope (e.g., suspended floor over open/unconditioned space) H6 YES Energy rating (NatHERS) or elemental DTS pathway N/A AS/NZS 4859.1 Materials for the thermal insulation of buildings Floor R-value calculation, NatHERS certificate or elemental compliance report
D7 Termite management and durability of timber-based floor finish A Conditional: where the finish or its sub-floor framing/battens are timber below the Tropic of Capricorn H7 YES Physical or chemical termite barrier per AS 3660.1 N/A AS 3660.1 Termite management -- New building work Termite barrier design, treatment records or conveyance of durable timber
D8 Material -- timber / engineered-timber overlay finish A Always H1 (material suitability / installation) YES Installation accordance with manufacturer specification N/A AS/NZS 1080 series Timber -- Classification into strength groups, AS/NZS 1748 Timber -- Solid -- Stress grading for structural purposes Supplier DoC for timber product, coating specification, adhesive spec

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

A chain of six compliance cards showing the journey from NCC classification through evidence and sign-off for each applicable dimension. Rows are split into Option A (DTS) and Option B (Performance Solution).

4A. Option A -- DTS Pathway

4A.1
Slip Resistance
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Slip Resistance
Safe trafficable surface, slip classification from AS 4586
DTS Pathway
DTS: NCC Vol 2 Housing Provisions
Slip resistance classification in accordance with NCC Housing Provisions and AS 4586
AS Standards
  • AS 4586
  • AS 4663
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: slip-rating spec + finish schedule
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.2
Wet-area Waterproofing
Option A | DTS
CONDITIONAL: applies only when the engineered oak floor finish is installed in a wet area (shower room, bathroom, laundry)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Waterproofing of Wet Areas
Prevent moisture penetration and damage within a building (NCC H4)
DTS Pathway
DTS: Wet-area waterproofing to AS 3740
Waterproof and water-discharge compliance for floor waste and shower areas
AS Standards
  • AS 3740
  • AS 4858
  • AS 3958.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: wet-area membrane design + falls
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.3
Thermal Floor Element
Option A | DTS
CONDITIONAL: applies only when the floor finish forms part of the thermal envelope (e.g., suspended floor over open/unconditioned space)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Energy Efficiency
Floor thermal performance to limit heat loss/gain (NCC H6)
DTS Pathway
DTS: Elemental or NatHERS
Floor R-value compliance via calculation or NatHERS modelling
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4859.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: floor R-value calc + NatHERS
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.4
Termite & Durability
Option A | DTS
CONDITIONAL: applies when the finish or its sub-floor framing/battens are timber within termite risk areas (below Tropic of Capricorn)
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Termite Risk Management
Protection of building elements from termite attack (NCC H7)
DTS Pathway
DTS: Termite management to AS 3660.1
Physical or chemical termite barrier system as per AS 3660.1 for timber elements
AS Standards
  • AS 3660.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: termite barrier design + AS 3660.1 detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4A.5
Material (Timber Overlay)
Option A | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Material Suitability
Timber products suitable for intended use (NCC H1 material installation)
DTS Pathway
DTS: Material Standard Installation
Install in accordance with AS/NZS 1080 series and AS/NZS 1748
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 1080 series
  • AS/NZS 1748
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: timber DoC + finish spec
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

4B. Option B -- Performance Solution Pathway

4B.1
Structural Serviceability
Option B | PS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Structural Reliability
Floor finish serviceability under imposed actions (H1)
PS Pathway
PS: Installation in accordance with design
Composite floor structural adequacy (Aurora PS) + finish installation detail
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 1170
  • AS 1720.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: floor substrate PS design + installation detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant / Engineer of Record
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.2
Acoustic Separating Floor
Option B | PS
CONDITIONAL: applies only when the floor separates Class 1a dwellings
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Separating Element Acoustics
Airborne and impact sound insulation between dwellings (NCC Vol 2)
PS Pathway
PS: Lab test to AS/NZS ISO 10140
Verify Rw + Ctr, L'nT,w via lab test and evaluation to AS/NZS ISO 717
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS ISO 10140
  • AS/NZS ISO 717.1
  • AS/NZS ISO 717.2
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: acoustic prelim + separating-floor config
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4B.3
Fire-Resisting Separating Floor
Option B | PS
CONDITIONAL: applies only when the floor separates Class 1a dwellings requiring an FRL
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Fire Resistance (FRL)
Fire separation between attached dwellings (H3P1)
PS Pathway
PS: Fire-resistance test to AS 1530.4
Achieve required FRL via full-scale fire test on representative configuration
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: separating-floor config + AS 1530.4 test
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Materials Register

Material Spec Book reference AS standards triggered (number + scope) DoC required from supplier? Status / gap marker
Engineered oak plank (4mm European oak wear layer + 15mm plywood backing) FF-OAK (this map) AS/NZS 1080 series, AS/NZS 1748 Yes supplier-doc-required
UV-oil pre-finish (visual coating) FF-OAK (this map) Supplier specification Yes supplier-doc-required
Flooring adhesive (glue-down) FF-OAK (this map) AS 3740 / manufacturer instructions Yes supplier-doc-required
Acoustic underlay (if used, conditional) FF-OAK (this map) AS/NZS ISO 10140 design configuration Yes supplier-doc-required (conditional, Phase 2)

6. Testing Programme Reference

Test Description Standard Qty Phase Domain Location
A -- Slip resistance Slip resistance classification of engineered oak surface AS 4586 1 Phase 1 Material / Slip AU
B -- Separating-floor FRL Full-scale fire-resistance test on Aurora composite floor with oak overlay AS 1530.4 TBC Phase 2 Fire AU
C -- Separating-floor acoustic Impact and airborne sound insulation of Aurora composite floor with oak overlay AS/NZS ISO 10140 + AS/NZS ISO 717.1 + AS/NZS ISO 717.2 TBC Phase 2 Acoustic AU
D -- Floor R-value Thermal resistance of the Aurora composite floor with oak overlay AS/NZS 4859.1 TBC Phase 2 Material / Thermal China / AU

Gating logic: Option A (DTS) requires only Test A (slip rating) and supplier DoCs. Option B (Performance Solution) requires Tests B, C and D to unlock separating-floor fire and acoustic compliance for attached Class 1a dwellings.

8. Spec Book Reconciliation

Currently cited standards in Spec Book

Standard cited in Spec Book Verdict Action
No FF-OAK spec book entry exists RETIRE not applicable Draft initial FF-OAK spec book entry

Missing from Spec Book, required

Structural

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS/NZS 1170 A, B ADD Add to FF-OAK spec book
AS 1720.1 A, B ADD Add to FF-OAK spec book

Fire

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS 1530.4 B DEFER (Phase 2) Add when test commissioned

Acoustic

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS/NZS ISO 10140 B DEFER (Phase 2) Add when test commissioned
AS/NZS ISO 717.1 B DEFER (Phase 2) Add when test commissioned
AS/NZS ISO 717.2 B DEFER (Phase 2) Add when test commissioned

Waterproofing

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS 3740 A ADD Add to FF-OAK spec book
AS 4858 A ADD Add to FF-OAK spec book
AS 3958.1 A ADD Add to FF-OAK spec book

Thermal

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS/NZS 4859.1 A ADD (reference only) Reference for floor R-value determination

Material

Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
AS 4586 A ADD Add to FF-OAK spec book
AS 4663 A ADD Add to FF-OAK spec book
AS 3660.1 A ADD Add to FF-OAK spec book
AS/NZS 1080 series A ADD Add to FF-OAK spec book
AS/NZS 1748 A ADD Add to FF-OAK spec book

Spec Book Narrative: The Engineered Oak Flooring kit-of-parts currently has no spec book entry. Three options exist: (1) keep Phase 2 emphasis and accelerate Option B (Performance Solution) for attached dwellings; (2) pivot the Spec Book to Option A DTS for the Phase 1 launch, covering standalone homes only; or (3) dual-track both. FF-OAK is currently set to decision (2), Option A DTS, per the Project Initiation Strategy (PIS). All TBC and supplier gaps will be resolved in Phase 1, with Phase 2 additions deferred for attached-dwelling fire, acoustic, and thermal performance.

Aurora Kit of Parts | Master Schedule

900 FF-CARP Wool Blend Carpet

Schedule Data

Consolidated record for this part. Performance cells read engineer-pending / supplier-pending / TBC where the compliance map states no value yet (Rule 34, no invented data); full dimensions, makeup and compliance detail are in the numbered sections below.

Performance

DomainDetail
Structuralengineer-pending
Fireengineer-pending
Acousticengineer-pending
Thermalengineer-pending
Connectionssee part tab
TolerancesTBC

Supplier / Procurement

supplier-pending (China-sourced, TBC)

Platform / Files (digital twin)

No digital-twin files yet (part not modelled).

Wool Blend Carpet (FF-CARP) -- Covers part IDs: FF-002

1. Plain-Builder Summary

The Wool Blend Carpet is a loop-pile, 50 per cent wool blend soft floor finish installed over a high-quality underlay. It is a non-structural, site-laid finish placed on top of Aurora's structural composite floor. The carpet provides user comfort and appearance; it does not contribute bracing or structural capacity.

Its compliance roles are: - Finish serviceability (always): the carpet-and-underlay assembly must remain serviceable under normal residential use, demonstrated through installation method and QA, with the structural floor capacity proven via the Aurora floor Performance Solution. - Separating-floor acoustic (conditional): when the floor is a separating (intertenancy) floor between attached Class 1a dwellings (duplex / townhouse), impact and airborne acoustic performance must be shown. This is a lab-test gated Performance Solution. - Separating-floor fire resistance (FRL) (conditional): where the floor is a separating floor requiring a fire-resistance level, an FRL must be established. The FRL is an attribute of the whole floor assembly, not the carpet alone; testing is via AS 1530.4. - Thermal floor element contribution (conditional): when the floor forms part of the thermal envelope (e.g. suspended over unconditioned space), the carpet and underlay contribute to the floor element's thermal performance, entered into a NatHERS or elemental Deemed-to-Satisfy (DtS) assessment using declared material R-values. - Material register (always): carpet face and underlay must be fit-for-purpose under NCC A5G3 evidence-of-suitability, supported by supplier DoCs.

Slip resistance is not a meaningful compliance dimension for soft carpet; AS 4586 and AS 4663 apply to hard-surface finishes only.

2. Design Pathway Options

Dimension Trigger NCC route DTS available? Pathway summary
Floor-finish serviceability Always H1 No Performance Solution: installation method + Aurora floor system PS
Separating-floor impact + airborne acoustic Conditional (separating (intertenancy) floor) NCC Volume Two separating-floor acoustic (clause-rag-verify-pending) No Performance Solution: lab test (AS/NZS ISO 10140 / 717)
Separating-floor fire resistance (FRL) Conditional (separating floor requiring FRL) H3P1 No Performance Solution: AS 1530.4 test of whole floor assembly
Thermal floor element Conditional (floor part of thermal envelope) H6P1 Yes DtS: NatHERS rating or elemental DtS using declared R-values
Material register (carpet + underlay) Always A5G3 Yes DtS: supplier DoC and material declarations

Baseline: Serviceability and material compliance are routine, handled through installation QA and supplier documentation. Acoustic and fire-resistance compliance are only triggered on separating (intertenancy) floors and are Performance-Solution / test-gated, deferred to Phase 2. Thermal contribution is a routine DtS input for energy-rating models.

3. Per-Dimension Compliance Matrix

Dimension Option Trigger NCC Performance Requirement (Section) DTS pathway available? DTS clause path Performance Solution pathway AS standards triggered (number + scope) Evidence required
Floor-finish serviceability Both Always H1 No N/A (PS only) Finish serviceability demonstrated via installation method; structural capacity via Aurora floor system Performance Solution AS/NZS 1170 (structural design actions); AS 1720.1 (timber structures -- floor system reference) floor finish spec + underlay spec + fixing method
Separating-floor impact and airborne acoustic Both Conditional: floor is a separating (intertenancy) floor between attached Class 1a dwellings (duplex / townhouse) Separating floor acoustic (NCC Volume Two) (clause-rag-verify-pending) No N/A Performance Solution via lab test of whole floor build-up AS/NZS ISO 10140 (acoustic measurement); AS/NZS ISO 717.2 (impact rating); AS/NZS ISO 717.1 (airborne rating) acoustic design + floor build-up + carpet/underlay selection
Separating-floor fire resistance (FRL) Both Conditional: floor is a separating floor between attached Class 1a dwellings requiring an FRL H3 (H3P1) No N/A Performance Solution via AS 1530.4 test of the whole floor assembly (FRL belongs to the assembly, not the carpet alone) AS 1530.4 (fire-resistance testing) separating floor assembly design + boundary/intertenancy detail
Thermal performance of floor element Both Conditional: floor forms part of thermal envelope (e.g. suspended floor over open or unconditioned space) H6 (H6P1) Yes NatHERS rating or elemental DtS pathway N/A (DTS available) AS/NZS 4859.1 (material thermal properties) NatHERS model or elemental DtS + declared material R-values
Material register -- carpet face + underlay Both Always A5G3 (evidence-of-suitability, fit-for-purpose) Yes Material declarations (A5G3) N/A (DTS available) AS/NZS 4859.1 (thermal declaration if used for H6); carpet textile and underlay product standards (not yet procured; candidate: AS/NZS 2111 unconfirmed) Product Technical Statement + carpet and underlay DoC

4. NCC Compliance Pathway Cards

Each dimension below follows the six-step compliance chain: NCC entry, Performance Requirement, DTS or PS pathway, AS standards, Evidence DMC, Certifications DMC. Conditional dimensions include an applicability pill.

4.1
Floor Finish Serviceability
Both | PS
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H1
Structural reliability of the floor finish in service
PS Pathway
Installation + system PS
Finish serviceability shown by installation method; floor structural capacity via the Aurora floor system Performance Solution
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 1170
  • AS 1720.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: floor finish spec + underlay spec + fixing method
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.2
Separating Floor Impact + Airborne Acoustic
Both | PS
APPLIES: the floor is a separating (intertenancy) floor between attached Class 1a dwellings (duplex / townhouse).
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
Separating floor acoustic (clause-rag-verify-pending)
Impact and airborne acoustic performance required for separating floor between attached Class 1a dwellings
PS Pathway
Lab test + Performance Solution
Whole floor build-up tested per AS/NZS ISO 10140, rated per 717.1/717.2; acoustic consultant sign-off
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS ISO 10140
  • AS/NZS ISO 717.2
  • AS/NZS ISO 717.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: acoustic design + floor build-up + carpet/underlay selection
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.3
Separating Floor Fire Resistance (FRL)
Both | PS
APPLIES: the floor is a separating (intertenancy) floor between attached Class 1a dwellings requiring a fire-resistance level.
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H3P1
Fire-resistance level for separating floor (FRL applies to whole floor assembly, not carpet alone)
PS Pathway
AS 1530.4 test
Whole floor assembly tested to AS 1530.4; FRL assigned to assembly
AS Standards
  • AS 1530.4
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: separating floor assembly design + boundary/intertenancy detail
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.4
Thermal Floor Element
Both | DTS
APPLIES: the floor forms part of the thermal envelope (e.g. suspended floor over open or unconditioned space).
NCC Entry
NCC 2022 Vol 2
Class 1a residential
Performance Requirement
H6P1
Thermal performance of floor element
DTS Pathway
NatHERS / elemental DtS
Performance compliance via NatHERS rating or elemental DtS pathway, using declared material R-values
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4859.1
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: NatHERS model or elemental DtS + declared material R-values
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder
4.5
Material Register (carpet + underlay)
Both | DTS
NCC Entry
NCC A5G3
Evidence of suitability -- fit for purpose
Performance Requirement
Fit-for-purpose
Carpet and underlay must be suitable for residential traffic, installed as specified
DTS Pathway
Material declarations
Manufacturer DoC, Product Technical Statement, compliance with relevant product standards (where available)
AS Standards
  • AS/NZS 4859.1 (thermal declaration if used)
  • Carpet textile and underlay product standards TBC (candidate: AS/NZS 2111 unconfirmed)
Evidence
D
Design in accordance with: Product Technical Statement + carpet and underlay DoC
M
Manufactured in accordance with: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
C
Installed in accordance with design: Photo Evidence, QA ITC's
Certifications
D
Design Consultant
M
Manufacturer
C
Builder

5. Materials Register

Material Spec Book reference AS standards triggered (number + scope) DoC required from supplier? Status / gap marker
Carpet face (50% wool blend, loop pile) This type (FF-CARP) AS/NZS 4859.1 (if thermal declaration); carpet textile standards TBC Yes supplier-doc-required
High-quality underlay This type (FF-CARP) AS/NZS 4859.1 (if thermal declaration); underlay product standards TBC Yes supplier-doc-required

6. Testing Programme Reference

Test Description Standard Qty Phase Domain Location
A Separating floor impact + airborne acoustic AS/NZS ISO 10140 + AS/NZS ISO 717.1/717.2 TBC 2 Acoustic AU
B Separating floor FRL AS 1530.4 TBC 2 Fire AU
C Material thermal R-value declaration AS/NZS 4859.1 TBC 2 Thermal TBC

Gating logic: Serviceability and material register compliance require no lab tests -- they rely on routine declarations, installation QA, and supplier DoCs. The acoustic and FRL tests are triggered only where the floor is a separating (intertenancy) floor; both are Phase 2 deliverables. The thermal declaration supports the NatHERS / elemental DtS energy assessment and is Phase 2.

8. Spec Book Reconciliation

8.1 Currently cited in Spec Book

Standard cited in Spec Book Verdict Action
No carpet finish standards currently cited ADD-required Add the standards listed below to the Spec Book for FF-CARP

8.2 Missing from Spec Book, required

Domain Standard Option(s) Verdict Action
Acoustic AS/NZS ISO 10140 Both ADD Include in Spec Book; note Phase 2 testing trigger
Acoustic AS/NZS ISO 717.1 Both ADD Include in Spec Book
Acoustic AS/NZS ISO 717.2 Both ADD Include in Spec Book
Fire AS 1530.4 Both ADD Include in Spec Book; note Phase 2 FRL test requirement
Thermal AS/NZS 4859.1 Both ADD Include in Spec Book; supplier to provide declared R-value
Material Carpet textile product standard (candidate AS/NZS 2111) Both DEFER (Phase 2) Confirm applicable standard during supplier engagement; add once validated
Material Underlay product standard Both DEFER (Phase 2) Identify during supplier procurement; add when confirmed

Narrative: With spec_book_narrative_decision set to 3 (dual-track), the compliance strategy splits into two concurrent workstreams. The "Phase 1 DtS launch" track supports non-separating-floor deployments (individual Class 1a dwellings) where only serviceability, material declarations, and routine thermal DtS inputs are needed -- these can proceed immediately with supplier DoCs and QA. The "Phase 2 Performance Solution track" prepares for intertenancy (separating-floor) applications by funding the acoustic and FRL test campaigns, engaging consultants, and closing the gap actions listed in Section 7. This dual track keeps early revenue projects unblocked while progressively unlocking the conditional separating-floor compliance requirements.